WO2021254293A1 - 一种显示通知的方法和终端 - Google Patents

一种显示通知的方法和终端 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021254293A1
WO2021254293A1 PCT/CN2021/099912 CN2021099912W WO2021254293A1 WO 2021254293 A1 WO2021254293 A1 WO 2021254293A1 CN 2021099912 W CN2021099912 W CN 2021099912W WO 2021254293 A1 WO2021254293 A1 WO 2021254293A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
touch
notification
display area
displayed
application
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/099912
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
徐杰
赵小虎
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21826610.4A priority Critical patent/EP4145280A4/en
Priority to US17/928,455 priority patent/US20230213973A1/en
Publication of WO2021254293A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021254293A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1652—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being flexible, e.g. mimicking a sheet of paper, or rollable
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451—Execution arrangements for user interfaces
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1641—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing the display being formed by a plurality of foldable display components
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/1613—Constructional details or arrangements for portable computers
    • G06F1/1633—Constructional details or arrangements of portable computers not specific to the type of enclosures covered by groups G06F1/1615 - G06F1/1626
    • G06F1/1637—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing
    • G06F1/1647—Details related to the display arrangement, including those related to the mounting of the display in the housing including at least an additional display
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04842—Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04886—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
    • G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
    • G06F3/0602—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
    • G06F3/0604—Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management
    • G06F3/0605—Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management by facilitating the interaction with a user or administrator
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/041—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/041 - G06F3/045
    • G06F2203/04102—Flexible digitiser, i.e. constructional details for allowing the whole digitising part of a device to be flexed or rolled like a sheet of paper
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/0206—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings
    • H04M1/0208—Portable telephones comprising a plurality of mechanically joined movable body parts, e.g. hinged housings characterized by the relative motions of the body parts
    • H04M1/0214—Foldable telephones, i.e. with body parts pivoting to an open position around an axis parallel to the plane they define in closed position
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • H04M1/0268—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/02—Constructional features of telephone sets
    • H04M1/0202—Portable telephone sets, e.g. cordless phones, mobile phones or bar type handsets
    • H04M1/026—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components
    • H04M1/0266—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly
    • H04M1/0268—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel
    • H04M1/0269—Details of the structure or mounting of specific components for a display module assembly including a flexible display panel mounted in a fixed curved configuration, e.g. display curved around the edges of the telephone housing

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of terminal technology, and in particular to a method and terminal for displaying notifications.
  • smart terminals such as mobile phones, tablet computers, smart wearables, smart homes, etc.
  • applications suitable for different scenarios and users and providing various functions also known as APKs, APP or application
  • news software such as Netease and Tencent
  • social software such as WeChat and Whatsapp
  • shopping software such as Taobao and JD
  • these applications push or send specific content, such as notifications, to the end user, and display it on the terminal display.
  • specific content such as notifications
  • news applications push hot news to users
  • shopping applications push preferential information to users
  • social applications push instant messages to users, and so on.
  • the push notification received by the user on the terminal usually appears at the top of the terminal display in the form of a banner or a pop-up frame, so other operating areas (such as the middle or bottom of the screen) will not be blocked, as shown in Figure 2a.
  • the notifications or messages in these pushes that have not been processed in time by the user can be retained in the top signal bar of the terminal display screen in the form of a reduced icon for subsequent viewing by the user, as shown in Figure 2b.
  • the present application provides a method and terminal for displaying notifications.
  • the method can quickly process the notifications, such as viewing or deleting them, so as to improve the user's operating experience.
  • the present application provides a method for displaying notifications for use in an electronic device with a curved screen, the curved screen having a flat display area and a curved display area extending from a side edge of the flat display area, the The first icon of the first application is displayed on the flat display area, and the method includes: in response to the electronic device receiving the first notification of the first application, displaying the first banner on the flat display area, so Displaying the first content of the first notification in the first banner; displaying a first identifier in the curved display area, the first identifier being used for receiving operations to process the first notification; and A second logo is displayed on the first icon in the flat display area. Displaying the first logo in the curved display area for processing notifications can expand the application of the curved screen in the curved display area and facilitate user operations.
  • the method further includes: within a first predetermined time when the first mark is displayed in the first curved surface display area, if it is not detected that the The first banner or the first logo or the operation on the first icon, when the display of the first logo reaches the first predetermined time, the first logo and the first banner are switched from the The curved screen disappears automatically. If no processing operation on the first notification is detected, the display interface on the display screen is restored after a predetermined time to avoid blocking or interference with the displayed interface.
  • the method further includes: responding to The electronic device receives a second notification of a second application, the second application is different from the first application, a second banner is displayed in the flat display area, and the second banner is displayed in the second banner. Content of the second notification; and displaying the first identifier in the curved display area for receiving operations to process the second notification.
  • the first identifier can be used as the only interface element displayed on the side area for receiving operations to process notifications received by the electronic device.
  • the electronic device receives a new notification, it displays the first identifier and receives an operation to process the new notification.
  • the user can process the new notification according to inertia.
  • the method further includes: responding to The electronic device receives a third notification of a third application program, the third application program is different from the first application program, a third banner is displayed in the flat display area, and the third banner is displayed Content of the third notification; and displaying a third identifier different from the first identifier in the curved surface display area for receiving operations to process the third notification.
  • different logos are displayed in the curved display area, which can distinguish which application the new notification belongs to.
  • the electronic device receives multiple notifications from different applications in a short period of time, the user can Know the corresponding application program through the identification mark.
  • the method further includes: detecting A first operation on the curved surface display area; and in response to the first operation, displaying the first mark on the curved surface display area. After the first identifier corresponding to the unprocessed first notification disappears, it can be triggered to be displayed on the curved display area again, which is convenient for the user to process the first notification.
  • the method further includes: determining the first identifier according to the operating position of the first operation on the curved surface display area The display position on the curved surface display area.
  • the first logo can be displayed following the user's operation in the curved display area, so as to prevent the user from touching it by mistake.
  • the display position is at a first height above the operation position.
  • the display of the first mark is triggered, it is displayed above the user's operating position, which can prevent the user from touching it by mistake and also facilitate the user to quickly locate the first mark for operation.
  • the method further includes: in response to the first operation, further displaying a fourth mark on the curved surface display area, the The fourth identifier is used to open the application options of the fourth application. Trigger operations in the curved display area can display multiple logos, providing users with a variety of convenient operation portals.
  • the method further includes: detecting a second operation on the first identifier; and in response to the second operation, A first card is displayed on the flat display area, and the second content of the first notification is displayed in the first card, wherein the second content includes the first content.
  • the method further includes: detecting a sliding operation on the curved surface display area; and when the sliding operation changes from the first aspect
  • a logo slides to the fourth logo
  • a fourth card is displayed on the flat display area, and the application options of the fourth application are displayed in the fourth card.
  • the cards corresponding to different logos can be viewed to process notifications or view application options.
  • the method further includes: detecting a third operation on the first card; and in response to the third operation, Open the first application.
  • the user needs to reply to the notification after viewing the first card, he can quickly open the first application to reply through the third operation on the card, which is very convenient.
  • the method further includes, in response to the second operation, triggering at least one of the following steps: zooming in and displaying the first Logo; and moving the first logo in the direction of the flat display area.
  • the method further includes: in response to the first operation, further displaying a fifth identifier on the curved surface display area, so The fifth identifier corresponds to the fifth application and is used for receiving operations to process the fifth notification, wherein the first identifier and the fifth identifier are displayed on the curved surface area according to the first notification And the time sequence of receipt of the fifth notification.
  • the method further includes: in response to the electronic device receiving a sixth notification of the sixth application, the first identifier Disappear from the curved screen; display a sixth banner in the flat display area, and display the content of the sixth notification in the sixth banner; and display a sixth logo in the curved display area, the sixth The identifier corresponds to the sixth application and is used for receiving operations to process the sixth notification.
  • the electronic device receives a new notification.
  • the new notification interrupts the current interaction, and separately displays the logo corresponding to the new notification in the curved display area for receiving Operation to process the new notification.
  • the method further includes: in response to the electronic device receiving the seventh notification of the seventh application, displaying on the flat display A seventh banner is displayed in the area, and the content of the seventh notification is displayed in the seventh banner; a seventh mark is further displayed in the curved display area, and the seventh mark is used for receiving operations to perform operations on the seventh notification. deal with.
  • the electronic device receives a new notification.
  • the new notification does not interrupt the current interaction, and only further displays on the curved surface. The identifier corresponding to the new notification is displayed, and the user is prompted to process the new notification.
  • further displaying the seventh mark in the curved display area includes at least one of the following steps: zooming in on the curved display area Displaying the seventh mark; flashing the seventh mark in the curved surface display area; and highlighting the seventh mark in the curved surface display area.
  • zooming in on the curved display area Displaying the seventh mark; flashing the seventh mark in the curved surface display area; and highlighting the seventh mark in the curved surface display area Compared with other identifiers, a more obvious reminding method is used to display the identifier of the new notification, which is beneficial for the user to quickly process the new notification.
  • the method further includes: detecting a fourth operation on the first identifier; and in response to the fourth operation, opening the first application.
  • the program corresponding to the first notification can be opened by operating the first identifier, which is very convenient and quick.
  • the method further includes: detecting a fifth operation on the first identifier; and in response to the fifth operation, displaying the first Reply window for notification.
  • the reply window of the first notification can be opened by operating the first identifier, which is very convenient and quick.
  • the curved display area includes a first curved display area extending from a first side edge of the flat display area and a first curved display area extending from the flat display area.
  • a second curved surface display area extending from two side edges, and the first curved surface display area is opposite to the second curved surface display area.
  • displaying the first identifier in the curved display area includes: when the user holds the electronic device with the left hand, The first curved surface display area displays the first identifier; or when the user holds the electronic device with the right hand, the first identifier is displayed in the second curved surface display area.
  • the first mark is displayed on the left or right side, which is closer to the user's operating finger, so that the operation of the first mark is more convenient.
  • displaying the first logo in the curved surface display area includes: in the first curved surface display area and the second The curved display area simultaneously displays the first mark.
  • the first logo is displayed on both sides, so that the user can conveniently operate on the first logo when changing the holding posture at any time.
  • the electronic device is a foldable electronic device
  • the curved screen is a folding screen.
  • the first sign is displayed in the first curved surface display area or the second curved surface display area
  • the electronic device is in the unfolded state
  • it is displayed in the first curved surface display area and the second curved surface display area.
  • the area simultaneously displays the first logo. Since the folding screen has a larger display area in the unfolded state, the first logo is adaptively displayed on both sides of the screen while the screen is unfolded, which facilitates faster processing of notifications in large-screen scenarios.
  • displaying the first identifier in the curved surface display area includes: determining the first identifier according to historical data of a user's operation on the curved screen Mark the display position on the curved surface display area; and display the first mark at the display position. By judging the historical data of the user's operation, the first identifier is displayed closer to the user's operating finger, which is convenient for the user's inertial operation.
  • the first application program is not yet running.
  • the first logo is displayed on the curved surface display area to remind the user that the first notification can be quickly operated on the curved surface.
  • the first identifier includes one of a point identifier, a bar identifier, and an icon identifier, wherein the icon identifier corresponds to the first application The icon of the program.
  • the curved display area includes a first area, and the first area is configured to receive the first operation and respond to the first operation.
  • the first operation displays the first indicator.
  • no operation feedback will appear, that is, the first logo will not be displayed.
  • the present application provides a method for displaying notifications for an electronic device with a touch display screen, wherein the method includes: displaying a first interface on the touch display screen, and the first interface is displayed on the touch display screen.
  • the interface includes a signal bar area at the top and side areas adjacent to both ends of the signal bar area, and a first logo is displayed in a first position in response to the electronic device receiving the first notification, wherein the first An identifier is used to receive an operation to process the first notification, and the first position is the display of the first identifier in the side area determined according to the historical data of the user's operation on the touch display screen Location.
  • the present application provides a method for displaying notifications for an electronic device with a touch display screen, wherein the method includes: displaying a first interface on the touch display screen, and the first interface is displayed on the touch display screen.
  • the interface includes a left area and a right area; and in response to the electronic device receiving the first notification, when the user holds the electronic device with the left hand, the first logo is displayed in the left area; when the user holds the right hand
  • the first identifier is displayed in the right area; wherein, the first identifier is used for receiving operations to process the first notification.
  • the present application provides a method for displaying notifications for an electronic device with a touch display screen, wherein the method includes: displaying a first interface on the touch display screen, and the first interface is displayed on the touch display screen.
  • the interface includes a side area; a first operation on the side area is detected; according to the operating position of the first operation on the side area, it is determined that the first and second marks are on the side A display area on the area; and in response to the first operation and the determination of the display area, displaying the first identifier and the second identifier shown in the display area, wherein the first identifier is used to receive Operate to process the first notification of the electronic device, and the second identifier is used to receive an operation to display the first application option of the electronic device.
  • the present application provides a method for displaying notifications, which is used for an electronic device with a touch display screen, and the electronic device is in an off-screen state.
  • the method is characterized in that the method includes: the electronic device is in the Receiving the first notification in the screen rest state; in response to an unlocking operation on the touch display screen, displaying a first interface on the touch display screen, the first interface including a side area; and in response to the unlocking operation , Displaying a first identifier in the side area, where the first identifier is used for receiving operations to process the first notification.
  • this application provides an electronic device, including one or more touch display screens, one or more memories, and one or more processors; one or more of the memories stores one or more programs; It is characterized in that when one or more processors are executing one or more programs, the electronic device is made to implement the method in any one of the foregoing implementation manners.
  • the terminal can quickly display and process notifications, such as viewing or deleting notifications or the content of notifications. The user does not need to move his finger significantly to process specific messages or notifications. Therefore, the user experience can be improved.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, characterized in that, when the instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the method in any of the above implementations.
  • this application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which is characterized in that when the computer program product runs on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the method in any of the above implementations.
  • the present application provides a graphical user interface for an electronic device with a curved screen, the curved screen having a flat display area and a curved display area extending from the side edge of the flat display area, characterized in that ,
  • the graphical user interface includes: displaying a first icon of a first application on the flat display area; in response to the first notification received by the electronic device, displaying a first banner on the flat display area, so The content of the first notification is displayed in the first banner, and a first logo is displayed in the curved display area; and in response to an interaction with the first logo, the first notification is processed.
  • the first application in response to a first operation on the first identifier, the first application is opened.
  • the present application provides a graphical user interface for an electronic device having a curved screen, the curved screen having a flat display area and a curved display area extending from the side edge of the flat display area, characterized in that ,
  • the graphical user interface includes: in response to a first operation on the curved surface display area, displaying a first identifier on the curved surface display area, the first identifier corresponding to a first notification of a first application; and In response to the interaction with the first indicator, the first notification is processed, wherein the display position of the first indicator on the curved surface display area is displayed on the curved surface display area by the first operation The operating position is determined.
  • a first card in response to the first operation on the first identification, a first card is opened, and the content of the first notification is displayed on the first card.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a user interface provided by the prior art
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a smart terminal provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is a block diagram of the software structure of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 16 is a message sequence diagram of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a module architecture of a terminal provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • first and second in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish different messages, devices, modules, applications, etc., and do not represent a sequence, nor do they limit the "first” And “second” is a different type.
  • the descriptions of “first”, “second”, etc. also do not limit the number.
  • the "first application” can be one “first application” or multiple “first applications”.
  • a and/or B in the embodiments of the present application is merely an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B alone exists. condition.
  • the character "/" in the embodiment of the present application generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
  • Multitasking technology means that electronic devices can run multiple applications at the same time. Among them, each application is called a task.
  • Multitasking technology can be specifically embodied as split-screen technology and Picture-in-Picture (PIP) technology.
  • Split screen means that different display areas of the display screen of the electronic device can display interfaces of different applications, and there is no overlap between the interfaces of different applications. For example: display the interfaces of different applications separately, so that the user can operate multiple applications at the same time.
  • Picture-in-picture technology refers to displaying one interface and then superimposing another interface on the interface. For the convenience of description, in the embodiments of the present application, the split-screen display and the picture-in-picture display are referred to as "divisional display".
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of an electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 such as a smart terminal, may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142, Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone interface 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, A display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 can include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU), etc.
  • AP application processor
  • modem processor modem processor
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • the different processing units may be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 to store instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory can store instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
  • the processor 110 may call the program instructions stored in the memory of the device or the internal memory 121, so that the electronic device 100 executes the method for displaying notification provided by the embodiment of the present application. The steps performed. It should be understood that the electronic device 100 may be used to implement a method for displaying notifications provided in an embodiment of the present application, and for related features, reference may be made to the detailed description below.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (I2C) interface, an integrated circuit sound (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous) interface.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit sound
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART integrated circuit
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, which includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K, charger, flash, camera 193, etc., respectively through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through an I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to implement the touch function of the electronic device 100.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication to sample, quantize and encode analog signals.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the display screen 194, the camera 193 and other peripheral devices.
  • the MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI), etc.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the electronic device 100.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the electronic device 100.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured through software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and so on.
  • the GPIO interface can also be configured as an I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that complies with the USB standard specification, and specifically may be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and so on. It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, a switch, a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it into electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through the display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive a signal to be sent from the processor 110, perform frequency modulation, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include the global positioning system (GPS), the global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), the Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), and the quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi). -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • active-matrix organic light-emitting diode active-matrix organic light-emitting diode
  • AMOLED flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include one or N display screens 194, and N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display a user interface and can also receive user operations.
  • the display mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be displayed on the display screen 194, which has a display function, and the display screen 194 may or may not have a touch function.
  • the operation on the touch screen can be realized by virtual keys, and can be realized by clicking on the touch screen.
  • the operation on the non-touch screen can be realized by physical buttons.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back from the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and is projected to the photosensitive element.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function.
  • the data storage area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 121 and/or instructions stored in a memory provided in the processor.
  • the internal memory is also used to store the translation application and cache all pictures generated during the running of the translation application, and all the pictures cached can be automatically deleted after the user exits the translation application.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170, the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110, or part of the functional modules of the audio module 170 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also called a "handset" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 170B close to the human ear.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the earphone interface 170D is used to connect wired earphones.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (open mobile terminal platform, OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile terminal platform
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA
  • the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194.
  • the capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive materials.
  • the electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A.
  • the electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A.
  • touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation intensities can correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
  • Distance sensor 180F used to measure distance.
  • the electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to implement fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, and so on.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called “touch device”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be provided on the display screen 194, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194, which is also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 194.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the button 190 includes a power-on button, a volume button, and so on.
  • the button 190 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
  • the motor 191 can generate vibration prompts.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate the charging status, power change, or to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect to the SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 195 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100.
  • the electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to implement functions such as call and data communication.
  • the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
  • Fig. 2 is a user interface displayed on a terminal provided by the prior art.
  • the terminal can install a variety of applications, and these applications will push notifications to the terminal.
  • the notification can be loaded into the notification bar to display the notification in the notification bar.
  • some third-party servers corresponding to some applications are connected to the push servers of unified push service providers (such as APPLE, GOOGLE, etc.).
  • the push server sends notifications to the terminal. These notifications carry the identification ID of the target application and the content of the push notification. And other parameters. As shown in FIG.
  • the user when the user browses the first interface on the display screen 201, such as viewing a desktop application or browsing the display interface or split-screen interface of the first application, the user receives a notification of the second application, such as a short message notification.
  • the SMS notification appears in the display area 202 of the display screen 201 in the form of a banner, a pop-up frame or a floating frame 211.
  • the content of the SMS notification is displayed on the banner, a pop-up frame or a floating frame 211, and the display area 202 is at the top of the display screen 201.
  • the user when the user wants to view the SMS notification, or when the user wants to ignore the SMS notification to quickly hide the banner 211 of the SMS notification, the user needs to move his finger to the banner 211 to perform the corresponding operation. This operation usually requires the user to This is done by moving the fingers in a wide range, and for users who hold the terminal in one hand, this operation is very inconvenient to complete with one hand.
  • the banner 211 is automatically exited from the display, and the unread short message notification is displayed on the top notification bar 212 of the display screen 201 in the form of a small icon 205, as shown in Figure 2b Show.
  • the display screen 201 displays the first interface.
  • the user can open the short message application to view all the unprocessed short messages, and can also perform corresponding operations on the notification bar 212, as follows: Pull to display the notification center to process all unprocessed notifications on the terminal.
  • the vicinity of the top of the terminal display screen is not a convenient operation area.
  • the user's fingers need to move a large range, which is not convenient and fast enough.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the touch display screen 301 of the smart terminal displays a first interface 310.
  • the first interface 310 is a complete display interface displayed on the touch display screen 301.
  • the first interface 310 may be the display screen 301.
  • On the desktop including the notification bar/signal bar part it can also be the interface of the first application (including or not including the notification bar/signal bar part), or the interface displayed in different areas, such as the split screen of the first application and the desktop
  • the display interface or the split-screen display interface (and the notification bar/signal bar part) of multiple applications hereinafter referred to as applications).
  • the display on the display screen 301 can be regarded as a part of the first interface 310, such as a negative screen, a widget, an intelligent desktop assistant, or a control, and so on. As shown in FIG. 3b, only the first interface 310 is displayed on the display screen 301.
  • the first interface 310 when the user normally views the first interface 310 in the up and down and left and right directions, the first interface 310 includes a top area 302, a bottom area 307, The side areas 303L and 303R, and the front area 306, where each area on the first interface 310 is defined by the direction in which content is displayed on the first interface 310, that is, when the first interface is in the normal viewing direction, the top
  • the area 302 is at the upper part of the first interface 310 and abuts against the upper edge of the first interface 310
  • the bottom area 307 is at the lower part of the first interface 310 and abuts against the lower edge of the first interface 310
  • the side areas 303L and 303R are respectively at the upper edge of the first interface 310.
  • the front area 306 is the main display area of the first interface 310 and is also the middle area of the first interface 310. It occupies at least half of the area of the first interface 310. It should be understood that the front area 306 can be defined as the area in the center of the first interface 310, or can be defined as one or more edges closer to the first interface 310. Wherein, the front area 306 does not abut the four edges of the first interface 310.
  • the top area 302 of the first interface 310 is an area that usually requires the user to move a finger to touch
  • the bottom area 307 and Part of the side area 303L/303R is usually an area that can be touched without the user's large movement of the finger.
  • the area division of the first interface 310 in the present application is to more clearly describe the following embodiments of the present application, rather than to perform substantial cutting or distinguishing of different areas on the first interface 310.
  • the first interface 310 may also be divided into regions that are different from those shown in FIG. 3b. Therefore, the region division of the first interface 310 in FIG.
  • the first interface 310 is divided into the above-mentioned areas, so that the front area 306, the top area 302, the bottom area 307, and the side areas 303L, 303R have no cross or overlapping areas.
  • the top area 302 and the bottom area 307 also have no intersection or overlap area
  • the side areas 303L, 303R may have an intersection or overlap area with the top area 302 and/or the bottom area 307. It should be understood that such area division is only an example, and should not be used as a limitation to the application.
  • the embodiments of the application can also be described based on different area divisions without departing from the scope of rights claimed by the application.
  • the notification of the second application such as a short message notification
  • the notification center of the smart terminal When the display screen 301 of the smart terminal displays the first interface 310, such as a desktop, the notification of the second application, such as a short message notification, is added to the notification center of the smart terminal. It corresponds to a short message and displays a banner or popup.
  • a frame or floating frame appears in the top area 302 of the first interface 310, such as the banner 311 shown in FIG.
  • the content of the notification can also be different from the content in the picture, for example, "You have 1 unread text message".
  • the banner 311 corresponding to the short message notification covers a part of the top area 302 of the first interface 310.
  • a touch logo 305 is displayed on the side area 303L of the first interface 310.
  • the touch logo 305 corresponds to the banner 311 and the short message notification, and A part of the side area 303L of the first interface 310 is covered.
  • the icon 312b of the short message application is included on the desktop, as shown in Figure 3b, in response to the new short message notification, the icon 312b displays a corner mark 311a.
  • the touch logo corresponding to an application program its appearance on the side area has nothing to do with whether the application program is running or not, because the application program installed on the terminal receives a notification It is pushed to the terminal by the server, and the application can be in an unrunning state on the terminal, thereby saving the storage space of the program in the terminal.
  • WeChat is not displayed on the main interface of the terminal, nor is it running in the background of the terminal.
  • the touch logo corresponding to WeChat appears on the current terminal of the terminal. A side area of the interface to remind the user to process the content associated with the new notification through the touch mark.
  • the appearance of the touch logo has nothing to do with whether the application has unprocessed notifications. For example, when the terminal receives a new notification of the application, the application has no other notifications in the notification center. When the notification or the touch logo corresponding to the application does not correspond to any other notifications of the application, in response to the new notification, the touch logo corresponding to the application appears on the side area of the current first interface of the terminal , To remind the user to process the content associated with the new notification through the touch mark. The user can process the banner 311 of the new notification by operating the touch indicator 305, and then process the content of the new notification. After the notification corresponding to the banner 311 is processed, the notification can be deleted from the notification center.
  • the banner 311 and the touch logo 305 do not receive the corresponding user operation within the predetermined time, the banner 311 and the touch logo 305 disappear from the first interface 310, and the notification corresponding to the banner 311 remains in the notification center of the terminal middle.
  • the banner 311 and the touch logo 305 in response to the terminal receiving the short message notification or in response to the terminal displaying the banner 311, the banner 311 and the touch logo 305 can appear on the first interface 310 at the same time, and the touch logo 305 It is closer to the bottom area 307 of the first interface 310 than the banner 311 to facilitate the user to process the content of the short message notification, that is, the short message.
  • the banner 311 and the touch logo 305 appear on the first interface 310 one after another, and stay on the first interface 310 at the same time for a period of time to remind the user that the touch logo 305 can be operated.
  • FIG. 3b also shows the operation hot zone of the touch mark 305, such as the touch area 304.
  • the touch area 304 is closer to the bottom area 307 of the first interface 310 than the banner 311, that is, the touch area 304 is larger than the banner or pop-up frame.
  • 311 is closer to the bottom of the first interface 310, and the touch area 304 is not visible on the first interface 310.
  • FIG. 3b also shows the operation hot zone of the touch mark 305, such as the touch area 304.
  • the touch area 304 is closer to the bottom area 307 of the first interface 310 than the banner 311, that is, the touch area 304 is larger than the banner or pop-up frame.
  • 311 is closer to the bottom of the first interface
  • the touch area 304 is represented by a circular dashed frame for ease of understanding. It should be understood that in other embodiments of the present application, the touch area 304 may be an area of any shape or It is a changing area without a fixed shape, where the size of the touch area 304 can be larger than the size of the touch mark 305, for example, the area displayed by the touch mark 305 is within the area of the touch area 304, but these should not be regarded as a reference Limitations of the invention.
  • the second application corresponding to the new notification may be different from the first application. However, this should not be regarded as a limitation of the application.
  • the second application may be the same as the first application.
  • the notification of the second application may be a push notification sent to the terminal by the provider server of the second application, such as a WeChat push notification sent by a WeChat server (such as a push platform); a notification of the second application It can also be a push notification sent to the terminal by another server (a server different from the second application, such as a terminal provider server), such as a push notification sent to the iOS system terminal through APNs (i.e. Apple Push Notification Service), or through GCM ( Google Cloud Messaging) is a push notification sent to the Android system terminal; the notification of the second application can also be an internal notification on the terminal, such as reminder notifications such as alarm clocks and schedules.
  • APNs i.e. Apple Push Notification Service
  • GCM Google Cloud Messaging
  • the terminal receives the notification first, and then receives/downloads the notification from the provider server of the second application after detecting the related operation of the banner or touch logo of the notification Specific content data, and for some second application notifications, the terminal first receives the specific content of the notification, then generates the notification, and then displays the banner or touch logo.
  • the “notifications” mentioned in the embodiments of this application shall include, but are not limited to, the above-mentioned various forms of notifications, for example, including system notifications, such as system update notifications, alarm clock reminding notifications, battery alarm notifications, etc.; and application notifications, such as WeChat notifications, hot news notifications, flight notifications, etc.;
  • the "content” of the notification can be the specific content corresponding to the above notifications, such as the specific content of WeChat messages, news, flight information, etc., or instructions to receive application notifications;
  • “banners” can be Pop up or slide out or flash in the top area of the first interface 310, and at least part of the notification can be displayed on the banner, such as the version number of the system update, the group chat name of the WeChat message, the sender and subject of the email, etc.
  • the "touch logo” 305 mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be used as an interface element of a notification or banner, and displayed on the touch screen in the form of light spots, halos, bubbles, icons, etc., to remind the user to touch and/or operate .
  • the “touch area” 304 mentioned in the embodiments of this application refers to the hot area of the touch mark, that is, the area within a certain range centered on the touch mark 305. Usually the touch area is invisible without special display. And can be touched by the user for corresponding operations. In the embodiment of the present application, the touch area 304 is a control hot zone on the side area 303 of the first interface 310 with the touch indicator 305 as the center.
  • the display position of the touch logo 305 is farther from the top area 302 of the first interface 310 than the banner 311, or closer to the bottom area 307 of the first interface 310. Therefore, Compared with the operation of the banner 311, the user's operation on the touch mark 305 is more convenient and quicker.
  • the touch mark 305 may also be displayed in the bottom area 307 of the first interface, or may be displayed between the top area 302 and the bottom area 307 as shown in the figure, and is closer to the bottom area 307. The user moves his finger according to the appearance of the touch mark 305, and performs a first operation in the touch area 304.
  • the smart terminal After the smart terminal detects the first operation, it opens the application interface corresponding to the banner 311, for example, the reply interface of the short message, 311d and 312f, as shown in Figure 3c.
  • the second, third, or fourth operation can also be performed.
  • the smart terminal further detects these operations and removes the banners 311 and 311, respectively, as shown in FIG. 3d.
  • the corresponding touch mark 305 disappears, and the display of the first interface 310 is restored (at this time, the application icon of the unread notification can be displayed in the signal bar, and the application icon on the desktop can display the updated corner mark), or
  • the reply window or card 311f and/or keyboard area 312f of the notification corresponding to the banner 311 shown in FIG. 3e the content of the original first interface 310 is displayed semi-transparently, or a part of the first interface 310 and the banner are shown in FIG.
  • a part of the second application interface 311d corresponding to 311 is displayed on a split screen to facilitate the user to perform multitasking operations on the display screen 301.
  • first to fourth operations can be preset or user-defined operations, and specifically can be one or a combination of touch operation, sliding operation, double-click operation, long press operation, pinch operation, pressure operation, and fingerprint operation It can also be a combination of the above operations with face recognition, fingerprint recognition, voice recognition, etc.
  • these operations include one-finger pressing or two-finger pressing or three-finger pressing, single-click or double-click, left or right sliding or up or down a certain preset distance, long-press for a certain preset time, and pressing to a certain pressure Threshold and other operations and their combination operations, or the combination of these operations with face recognition, fingerprint recognition, voice recognition, etc.
  • the user’s finger operation can be combined with face recognition, fingerprint recognition, and voice recognition to view the encrypted content, or the user’s finger operation can be used to remind the user to enter the password To view the encrypted content.
  • These finger operations may be operations directly on the touch mark, or operations at a certain distance from the touch mark, that is, operations within the touch area but not directly on the touch mark.
  • the terminal receives a new short message notification
  • the banner 311 is displayed on the top area 302 of the desktop 310
  • the touch logo is displayed on the side area 303. 305.
  • the content of the notification is displayed in the banner 311, as shown in Figure 3b.
  • the terminal detects a click operation (that is, the first operation) in the touch area 304 of the touch identification 305
  • the touch screen 301 displays the interface of the short message application and displays the interface containing the short message corresponding to the short message notification, as shown in Figure 3c Show.
  • the terminal detects an upward sliding operation (that is, a second operation) in the touch area 304 of the touch mark 305, the banner 311 and the touch mark 305 disappear, and the touch screen 301 returns to the first interface 310, as shown in Figure 3d Show.
  • the terminal detects a sliding operation (that is, the third operation) in the touch area 304 of the touch mark 305, the touch screen 301 displays the short message corresponding to the short message notification and its reply window, such as the card 311f and the keyboard for replying to the short message.
  • the area card 312f is shown in Figure 3e.
  • the display screen 301 performs a split-screen display accordingly to simultaneously display the interface 311d and the short message corresponding to the short message notification.
  • a part of the first interface 310 is shown in FIG. 3f.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives a new short message notification with a verification code, or a system or application update notification, or an alarm reminder notification, etc., the corresponding notification is displayed on the top area of the first interface
  • the terminal can detect the fifth operation on the touch logo to process the above notification in the background of the terminal and restore the first notification on the display screen.
  • a display of the interface when the terminal receives a new short message notification with a verification code, or a system or application update notification, or an alarm reminder notification, etc.
  • the terminal detects a double-click or triple-click operation (ie, the fifth operation) on the touch indicator, it will process these notifications in the background: copy the verification code in the short message corresponding to the new short message notification, or start the system update or Update the application, or set the alarm clock as a later (10 minutes later) reminder, etc.
  • a double-click or triple-click operation ie, the fifth operation
  • the content of the notification received by the terminal is different from the detailed content corresponding to the notification.
  • the content of the notification is the content displayed on the banner, and the detailed content is the content that can be seen in the application program interface corresponding to the notification.
  • the detailed content may also be the content in the interface displayed after the user interacts with the notification, for example, the interface shown in Figs. 3c, 3e, and 3f.
  • the content of the notification displayed on the banner may be "a short message received", and the detailed content of the notification may be "what time is it off today?".
  • the detailed content corresponding to the notification received by the terminal is very long, all of it cannot be displayed in its corresponding banner.
  • the content of the notification received by the terminal can also be the same as the detailed content corresponding to the notification.
  • the banner displays "When will you reply? "Eat at home” is consistent with the detailed content corresponding to the WeChat notification.
  • the copied verification code may be part of the detailed content in the short message, and the verification code may be displayed in the banner when the banner appears, or may not be displayed in the banner.
  • the content of the update notification can include the icon of the application and "you need to update the program to continue using", and the detailed content of the update notification can be It is related to the update program, such as the introduction of the latest version of the program, new features added, bugs repaired, and other improvements.
  • the detailed content of the alarm clock to be reminded later by the user's interactive operation may also be displayed or not displayed in the banner.
  • the banner corresponding to the notification of the alarm clock displays "08:00 alarm clock: clock in for work", or only displays "alarm clock”.
  • the alarm clock notification set as a later reminder will trigger the alarm clock reminder or a new alarm clock reminder to be displayed on the display screen of the terminal when the predetermined time (10 minutes) expires.
  • an interface related to the complete content of the short message notification is displayed on the front area of the touch display screen 301, and the related interface may completely cover the first interface 310 or be connected to the first interface 310.
  • the split screen is displayed on the display screen.
  • the touch identification is unique. Whenever the terminal receives a new notification and displays it in the top area of the first interface in the form of a banner, the side area of the first interface will be correspondingly displayed. The unique touch identification is displayed, and the touch identification will remain on the first interface for a period of time at the same time as the banner, so that the user can operate. Corresponding notice. If the terminal does not receive a new notification, the touch logo is not visible. For example, please refer to Figure 3b, Figure 3d, and Figure 3g, where the display terminal in Figure 3b receives the new SMS notification and displays the banner 311 and the touch logo 305 accordingly. The terminal does not detect the banner 311 and touch logo within a predetermined time.
  • the operation on the control mark 305 restores the display of the first interface 310 shown in FIG. 3d, and displays a short message icon in the signal bar to indicate that there is an unprocessed short message.
  • the terminal receives a new mail notification and displays the banner 321 and the same touch logo 305 accordingly.
  • the side area of the first interface 310 only displays the touch logo 305, and the touch Perform any of the first to fifth operations on the touch area 304 of the logo 305, and you can open the mail interface, ignore the banner 321 of the mail notification, open the mail reply window, open the mail interface and the first interface accordingly
  • the touch identification is not unique, different notifications may correspond to different touch identifications, different applications may also correspond to different touch identifications, and different touch identifications may be, for example, different Colors, shapes, sizes, or patterns, etc., such as touch points, touch bars, touch bubbles, or touch icons, etc., where the touch icon is the icon of the application corresponding to the notification or corresponds to the Icons related to the operating system of the notification, such as icons for system settings and icons for system updates.
  • the characteristics of the touch marker in the embodiments of the present application such as its color, shape, size, pattern, etc., are only exemplary, and should not be used as a limitation to the present application.
  • Figure 3b shows that the terminal receives a new SMS notification and displays the banner 311 and the touch logo 305 accordingly.
  • the terminal does not detect the banner 311 and touch logo within a predetermined time.
  • the operation on the control mark 305 restores the display of the first interface 310 shown in FIG. 3d.
  • the short message notification is set as an "unprocessed" notification, which corresponds to the touch mark 305 of the "unprocessed” short message notification. It is reserved in the side display area of the touch screen 301 in a hidden form for subsequent operations by the user.
  • the “hidden” touch logo means that it is not displayed on the interface, rather than being transparent. Then disappear on the interface.
  • the terminal receives the new mail notification and displays the banner 321 and another touch logo 315 accordingly.
  • the touch logo 305 corresponding to at least one "unprocessed" short message notification is still inactive.
  • the displayed state is not visible in the side area of the first interface 310, that is, when the terminal receives a new notification under the first interface 310, only the side area corresponding to the current new notification is displayed on the side area of the first interface 310.
  • the touch logo 305 corresponding to the SMS notification set as "unprocessed” and the touch logo 325 corresponding to other "unprocessed” historical notifications are not visible in the side area of the first interface 310.
  • the touch marks 305 and 325 shown in gray in FIG. 3h are only used to explain the embodiments of the present application more clearly.
  • the touch marks corresponding to the unprocessed historical notifications are not caused by other A new notification pushed by an application is displayed, and only when the terminal receives the same type of notification or notification from the same application, the notification corresponding to the touch logo needs to be updated, or the terminal detects the side display area of the touch screen The corresponding operation on will appear. How to view the "unprocessed" historical notifications and the update of the notifications corresponding to the touch identification will be described in more detail below in conjunction with FIG. 6 to FIG. 8.
  • the touch identification is not unique
  • the terminal detects that the first, second, third, fourth, or fifth operation is performed on the newly notified touch identification, Then the newly received notification is set to "processed", which means that the user has learned about the notification and performed the necessary processing, such as: opening the notification application, ignoring the notification, replying to the notification content, or split-screen viewing The processing of the notification content, etc.
  • the newly received notification is set as "unprocessed", and accordingly the touch mark remains hidden on the side area of the first interface.
  • the notification may also be set to "unprocessed".
  • the touch logo corresponding to the "unprocessed” notification is hidden and kept in the side area for subsequent processing by the user.
  • the left area 303L and the right area 303R of the first interface 310 can simultaneously display the touch logo 315, and the touch logos 305 and 325 corresponding to the "unprocessed" historical notification can be They are respectively hidden in the left area 303L and the right area 303R.
  • Both the left area 303L and the right area 303R display the touch logo, which facilitates the user's operation of the touch logo without restricting the user to only operate the notifications and banners on one side.
  • the touch mark on one side of the left area 303L and the right area 303R is a mirror image or copy of the other side, and the result of operating the touch mark on either side is Consistent, and the touch marks appear and disappear at the same time basically, or at least they are displayed on the first interface 310 at the same time for a period of time.
  • the touch identification is displayed on both sides of the first interface 310, the touch identification can still be the only touch identification in the above-mentioned embodiment, that is, whenever the terminal receives a new notification, the unique touch identification A pair of touch marks is correspondingly displayed in the left area 303L and the right area 303R, and operations on the pair of touch marks are only valid for the notification corresponding to the currently displayed banner.
  • the terminal determines whether the user is holding the terminal with the left hand or the right hand, or whether the user is operating with the left hand or the right hand based on the sensor, and/or the antenna signal, and/or the user's historical usage data, etc. Operate, and display the touch mark correspondingly in the left area 303L or the right area 303R of the first interface according to the result of the judgment. For example, when the user operates with the left hand, the touch indicator is displayed in the left area 303L. Further, the terminal can also display the touch marker 305 in a selected area or a selected position on the side area 303 according to the aforementioned sensors, and/or antenna signals, and/or the user's historical usage data.
  • the terminal can It is judged that the user's hand accidentally touched one or more positions of the side area 303 while performing other operations. Specifically, the terminal judges that the user accidentally touched the position E of the side area 303 multiple times, and then when the terminal receives a new When notified, the touch logo will be displayed at or near E in the side area 303, for example, 0-3 cm above E.
  • the terminal can determine one or more positions of the user during other operations. Specifically, when the terminal receives a new notification, it determines that the user is in the middle area within a period of time (for example, within one minute) before the notification is received.
  • the display position may be the average value of the historical operation position corresponding to the side area 303
  • the position may also be above the position of the side area 303 corresponding to the average level, for example, 0-2 cm above. Therefore, the position of the touch mark displayed on the side area 303 will be close to the user's operating finger, which is convenient for the user to process new notifications by operating on the touch mark under the current holding state and operating inertia, without changing the hold. Grip state, or add additional operating fingers.
  • the technical solutions provided by the various embodiments of the present application are beneficial to reduce the user's operating range for the new notification, thereby reducing the operating time, so that the user can experience a faster and better operating experience when processing the new notification content.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the touch marks e.g., 405a, 405b, 405c
  • the touch area e.g., 404a, 404b, 404c
  • the user can be on the halo 405a or the light bar 405b or within a certain distance from the halo 405a or the light bar 405b, that is, in the touch area 404a or 404b instead of directly on the halo 405a or light bar 405b.
  • the above-mentioned content processing operations are performed on the bar 405b, that is, the smart terminal can detect the operations on the touch area 404a or 404b to process the corresponding notification, where the notification and the floating frame 311 are displayed on the first interface The top area of 310.
  • the touch icon is displayed on the side display area 303 in the form of a touch icon 405c.
  • the touch icon 405c is a reduced form of the application icon corresponding to the new notification, such as a reduced form of a short message icon.
  • the outline of the touch icon 405c corresponds to the outline of the short message icon, and/or the details of the touch icon 405c correspond to the details of the short message icon.
  • the user can perform the above processing operations on the notification content on it or within a certain distance from the touch icon 405c, that is, in the touch area 404c instead of directly on the touch icon 405c, that is, smart
  • the terminal will detect the operation on the touch area 404c to process the content of the notification, and/or display a corresponding interface on the display screen 301.
  • the touch identifier corresponding to the notification currently being pushed may be the halo 405a or the light bar 405b shown in FIG. 4, which has a larger operating area relative to the touch icon 405c, So that the user can process the content of the notification. If the notification has not been processed by the user in time, and the touch logo needs to be hidden in the side area as shown in the embodiment of FIG. 3h, the hidden touch logo corresponding to the notification may be in the form of a touch icon 405c.
  • the touch identifier corresponding to the notification that is currently being pushed may be the only interface element on the side area that processes the current notification, such as touch point, touch halo, touch Light control strips, etc., and the touch logo hidden in the side area can be corresponding to the notification or corresponding to the application. Therefore, it can be accumulated in the side area to generate a cluster of touch logos.
  • the cluster has a cluster for processing Currently, there are multiple interface elements that have not yet processed notifications, such as touch light points, touch icons, etc.
  • the touch logo displayed in the side area and the hidden touch logo corresponding to the same notification may have the same or different shapes, and/or patterns, and/or Color, and/or size.
  • the touch mark may also be in other forms, and the touch area may also be displayed in other forms or not displayed on the side display area.
  • the display of the touch area and the touch mark can be customized by the user, and this should not be regarded as a limitation of the present application.
  • a banner 311 and side identifications 405a, 405b, 405c may appear on the first interface.
  • the first interface is a desktop and displays the short message application
  • the corner mark may not appear on the icon.
  • the user can set the notification display mode of the smart terminal. For example, in privacy protection mode, do not disturb mode, or other related modes, the user can set: when the terminal receives a new notification, the screen displays The corresponding banner/floating frame is not displayed on the interface of. For details, please refer to FIGS. 4d, 4e, and 4f.
  • the terminal receives a new short message notification, the first interface 310 shown in FIG. 4d and the second interface 410 shown in FIGS. 4e and 4f are not displayed. The banner or floating frame corresponding to the notification of the short message.
  • the first interface 310 may be the desktop of the terminal, in which the short message application icon 412a is displayed as an interface of the short message application.
  • a touch icon is displayed on the side area 303 of the first interface 310, which is used to accept operations to process the notification content of the short message, and a logo appears on the short message icon 412a, such as The corner mark 411a is used as a reminder to receive a new notification related to the application.
  • the touch icon may be a reduced form of the short message icon 412a, such as the touch icon 405c, which can prompt the user that the currently received notification is a notification related to the short message application.
  • the touch icon may be in other forms, such as the touch icon 305, 405, 405a, or 405b.
  • the user can view which application the new notification is related to by operating on the touch icon, or the user It can be determined that the new notification is related to the short message application through the corner mark 411a that appears on the short message icon 412a. In this way, the user can avoid the notification content from appearing on the first interface 310 in the above privacy protection mode, do not disturb mode, or other related modes, while still retaining the shortcut interface for processing the notification, that is, the side area The touch icon displayed on the.
  • a second interface 410 is displayed on the screen of the terminal.
  • the second interface 410 may be, for example, a browser interface and an interface of the notification bar/task bar 412b, that is, the second interface 410 is a display
  • the complete interface on the display screen 301, and the second interface 410 does not display the short message application icon 412a or the interface icons of other applications.
  • a touch icon is displayed on the side area 403 of the second interface 410 for accepting operations to process the notification content of the short message, and it is also displayed on the notification bar/task bar 412b.
  • the presence indicator such as the icon 411b
  • the icon 411b is a reduced form of the short message icon 412a, and the touch icon may be the aforementioned touch icon 305, 405, 405a, or 405b.
  • the user can avoid the notification content from appearing on the second interface 410 in the above privacy protection mode, do not disturb mode, or other related modes.
  • the above-mentioned second interface 410 is also displayed on the screen of the terminal.
  • the touch icon 405c is displayed on the side area 403 of the second interface 410, and
  • no logo such as the icon 411b appears on the notification bar/task bar 412b.
  • the area of the notification bar/task bar 412b is gradually reduced, so the number of icons that can be displayed in the notification bar/task bar 412b is also limited.
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 4f does not occupy the area of the notification bar/task bar 412b to display the icon corresponding to the new notification, and the user can avoid the notification content from appearing in the above privacy protection mode, do not disturb mode, or other related modes.
  • a shortcut interface for processing the notification is still reserved.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a smart terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the smart terminal includes a main body 502 and a touch screen 501.
  • the touch display screen 501 in FIG. 5 is a curved screen, which includes a flat display area and a curved display area located on at least one side of the flat display area.
  • the left and right sides of the flat display area include A curved display area with a certain curvature, the curved display area transitions from the flat display area of the touch screen 501 to the edge of the main body 502 of the smart terminal.
  • the curved surface of the curved screen is shown in gray to facilitate the description of the curved screen in this application.
  • the curved surface of the curved screen is generally not in a special color or form.
  • the curved display area of the curved screen is an extension of the flat display area.
  • a touch logo is displayed on the side area 503, preferably on at least a part of the curved display area
  • the touch icon 505 is used as an interface to notify the new short message.
  • the user can perform related operations in the touch area 504 to process the short message corresponding to the banner 511.
  • the display position of the touch icon 505 and the control position provided by the touch area 504 are closer to the bottom area 509 of the first interface 510 than the position of the banner 511.
  • the smart terminal When the smart terminal detects the operation in the touch area 504, such as the first to fifth operations in the above embodiment, it can perform related processing and/or display the corresponding interface on the short message, such as deleting the notification , Delete the short message, reply to the short message, copy the verification code in the short message, etc.
  • the technical solution of the present application provides a method for quickly displaying the notification and quickly processing the notification, which greatly improves the operation experience of the user using the terminal.
  • the curved screen 501 shown in FIG. 5a has a curved display area, and the overall display area of the curved screen 501 greatly exceeds the size of the touch screen 301.
  • the touch display on the smart terminal With the development of screens, terminal devices with curved screens, full screens, and folding screens have been further expanded in display size. Therefore, the difficulty of users' one-handed operation has also been upgraded.
  • the development of the touch display screen on the smart terminal toward a full screen causes the area of the signal bar or status bar 512 to gradually decrease, so the number of unread icons that can be displayed at the signal bar 512 is also limited.
  • the present application makes full use of the side display area of the touch screen, and especially the curved display area shown in Figures 5a and 5b, that is, when the smart terminal is on the side area of the first interface
  • the display interface related to the new notification can be displayed on the display screen, so as to realize the rapid processing of the notification, without the need to operate the banner that appears at the top, the icon that appears in the status bar 512, or the corresponding application program interface To process new notifications.
  • the user’s palm can easily wrap the side of the touch screen when holding the smart terminal, it is very convenient to operate the finger near the side without moving the finger significantly. Therefore, on the side of the smart terminal, For example, quick operations in the curved display area are very helpful to improve the user's operating experience.
  • the notifications received by the terminal are "unprocessed” notifications
  • these notifications will remain on the side of the curved screen or non-curved screen in the form of touch marks, for example, hidden in the first interface
  • the side area 303/503 of 310/510 is for subsequent processing by the user.
  • a hidden touch mark cluster is formed on the side area.
  • touch marker cluster is a combination of touch marker arrangements, which can include one or more touch points to form a touch point cluster, or one or more touch bars to form a touch bar cluster , Or one or more application small icons to form a touch icon cluster, or a combined cluster including one or more touch points, and/or touch bars, and/or touch icons.
  • each touch point, touch bar or small icon may correspond to a notification, or correspond to an application installed on the terminal.
  • the touch identification corresponding to the unprocessed notification will be Hidden in the side area 303/503.
  • the smart terminal receives a push notification from a second application when the screen is on (unlocked or locked), but the notification banner 311 or 511 is not displayed, and the terminal does not detect the corresponding operation to process the push notification, Then the touch logo corresponding to the unprocessed notification will also be hidden in the side area 303/503.
  • the smart terminal in the resting or bright screen state
  • the first identification is: the corresponding banner 311 or 511, or the corner icon 411a of the application, or the taskbar icon 411b
  • the terminal does not detect the corresponding operation to process the pushed content or the user is detected
  • the notification is actively ignored (for example, the second operation mentioned above)
  • some of the first logo is hidden, for example, the banner or bullet frame 311 or 511 is hidden, and the touch logo corresponding to the unprocessed notification is also hidden in the side area 303/ 503.
  • the touch identification or touch identification cluster corresponding to these unprocessed and reserved notifications is hidden at the side area 303/503, and will not appear on the side until the smart terminal detects the corresponding operation Area 303/503, for example, on the curved area 503.
  • FIG. 5b when the user holds a terminal with a curved screen 501 in one hand, and the user’s thumb touches the curved area 503 on the curved screen 501, multiple touch marks appear on the side, also called touch marks.
  • Cluster 505b where the curved area 503 is displayed on the curved display area of the curved screen 501, and the touch-sensitive identification cluster 505b can be displayed following the user's operating position, which will be described in more detail in FIG. 6.
  • the side display area may include the curved display area of the curved screen, and the curved display area is adjacent to the left edge and/or the right edge of the curved screen.
  • the touch identification cluster 505b shown in FIG. 5b When the user views and/or processes notifications through the touch identification cluster 505b shown in FIG. 5b, as these notifications are processed, the corresponding touch identification will be removed from the touch identification cluster (and the processed notifications will also be processed at the same time). Deleted from the notification center), and when a new notification being pushed is judged to be an "unprocessed” notification, the corresponding touch logo will be displayed and/or hidden in the touch logo cluster (at the same time the new notification is also added To the notification center), these touch markers corresponding to the notification are called “dynamic touch markers" in this application.
  • the touch identification cluster may also include a “fixed touch identification” or a “preset touch identification”, which is always retained in the touch identification cluster and displayed in response to corresponding operations.
  • the fixed touch logo can correspond to an application or an application option of an application, where “application option” refers to the application option
  • “application option” refers to the application option
  • the payment code can be regarded as a function or option of the Alipay application
  • the WeChat group chat "GROUP” can also be regarded as a function or option of the WeChat application.
  • "fixed” means that even if the user opens the corresponding application or application option through the fixed touch mark, the fixed touch mark will not be removed from the touch mark cluster, and in particular, the fixed touch mark The position order in the touch marker cluster will not be dynamically adjusted.
  • both the dynamic touch mark and the fixed touch mark can be adjusted based on the user's initial settings or the user's drag and drop of the marks on the cluster.
  • fixed touch marks can be in the form of touch points, touch bars, and touch icons. This will be described in more detail below.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application. Please refer to Figures 6a-6d.
  • the terminal device receives multiple notifications and the user does not process the content of these notifications in time, the terminal device in the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510 will be reserved and can also be hidden
  • One or more touch identifications corresponding to these notifications such as touch points or touch bars or application touch icons, are reserved locally (that is, kept in the background).
  • the touch logo corresponding to the unprocessed notification is hidden on the display screen 301/501, and is displayed in the first screen after the user operation is detected as shown in FIG. 6b or FIG. 6c or FIG. 6d.
  • a side area 303/503 of an interface 310/510 is always displayed in the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, and will not be hidden, so as to facilitate the user to perform notifications at any time. Processing, such as viewing the content of the notification or deleting the notification.
  • the touch identification or the cluster of touch identifications corresponding to the unprocessed notification is hidden on the display screen 301/501, so that the display of the first interface 310/510 will not be obstructed. It will interfere with other operations of the user on the terminal.
  • the user needs to process these notifications, he can touch it at the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the user For example, the user’s finger touches, taps, long presses or slides up on the side area 303/503, etc.
  • the smart terminal detects the corresponding operation, it will display the touch logo cluster in the side area 303/503, where the displayed touch logo cluster covers at least a part of the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the terminal detects a click or touch operation on the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510 to display the touch identification cluster. In another embodiment of the present application, the terminal detects a click or touch operation on the side area 303/503, and does not display the touch identification cluster, but only detects a double click or touch operation on the side area 303/503.
  • the operation of sliding up a certain distance will display the touch mark cluster, so as to avoid the frequent display and hiding of the touch mark cluster due to frequent accidental touch caused by simple operations, which will interfere with other operations on the terminal.
  • the touch corresponding to the unprocessed notification The identification cluster, such as the touch point cluster 605, appears on the side area 303/503.
  • the touch marker cluster appears at a fixed position on the side area, such as the middle, lower middle, or upper middle position of the side area 303/503, as shown in Fig. 6b, The position of the touch point cluster 605 is fixed, and the position of the user's operating finger may just fall on the cluster 605.
  • the detected touch or predetermined operation position on the side area 303/503 does not necessarily fall on the touch point cluster 605, but does not affect the response of the touch point cluster 605 Appeared in this operation.
  • the display position of the touch identification cluster is different according to the touch or operation position detected by the terminal on the side area. For example, the display position of the touch identification cluster follows that of the user in the side area. The operating position of the upper trigger. Specifically, the touch identification cluster 605 can appear at a certain distance above the touch position detected by the terminal on the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, as shown in FIGS. 6c and 6d.
  • the vertical distance between the lowest end T of the point cluster 605 and the detected touch position F may be a preset height L TF , specifically, the touch point The lowest end T of the cluster 605 is at a distance L TF above the touch position F.
  • the touch point cluster 605 will appear in different positions. Therefore, no matter where the user's operating finger touches, it will not block the cluster 605, and the user only needs to move the operating finger a predetermined distance to interact with the cluster 605, and each interaction can be completed by operating inertia. operate. Specifically, when the user touches F0 of the side area 303/503 as shown in FIG.
  • the touch point cluster 605 appears and its bottom end is at T0, where T0 is above F0 and is away from L0 TF .
  • T0 is above F0 and is away from L0 TF .
  • the position of the cluster 605 no longer changes with the user's operating position, as shown in Figure 6e, but responds to the user's upward slide Or click operation, the corresponding touch point (for example, the touch point at the top of the cluster 605) may have an animation display, such as zooming in, highlighting, blinking, moving, and so on.
  • L TF may be set to other values, for example, 0.3 cm, 1.2cm, 2.0cm, etc.
  • the touch position F may be determined according to the user's touch point on the side area 303/503, for example, the user's click point or long press in the area 303/503 Touch point, double-click any of the two points, and so on.
  • the touch point cluster 605 appears according to the user's predetermined operation on the side area 303/503, such as sliding a preset Set the distance.
  • the touch point cluster 605 When the smart terminal detects the predetermined operation on the area 303/503, the touch point cluster 605 will be displayed.
  • the position of the touch point cluster 605 is based on the start of the sliding operation detected on the area 303/503. The position, the end position of the sliding operation, or the middle position of the sliding operation is determined.
  • the touch point cluster 605 when the location of a touch or a predetermined operation detected by the terminal on the area 303/503 is in the middle and upper part of the area 303/503, the touch point cluster 605 cannot be completely displayed on the touch.
  • the terminal When touching or operating at a distance L TF above the operating position, the terminal will fully display the touch point cluster 605. At this time, the display position of the touch point cluster 605 may intersect the operating position. You can also set the touch point cluster 605 at this time.
  • the display position is a preset position, such as the fixed position shown in FIG. 6b. However, it should be understood that this should not be regarded as a limitation of the present application.
  • the touch point cluster 605 when the touch point cluster 605 cannot completely appear at a distance L TF above the touch or operation position, it can also be The touch point cluster 605 is still displayed at the predetermined distance L TF above it.
  • the touch point cluster 605 displayed at this time may not be complete, that is, only part of the touch point is displayed due to space constraints, and part of the touch point displayed at this time
  • the point is preferably the touch point corresponding to the most recently received notification sorted according to the notification time, or it is preferably the notification that the system determines that the user is more interested in.
  • the user can predefine the priority between applications, and display the corresponding touch points in the incomplete cluster 605 according to the priority; the user can also predefine the priority between applications by setting keywords Or the terminal can predict the priority between applications based on the user's use time and frequency of each application.
  • the terminal can also use artificial intelligence AI algorithms to pre-judge the importance of newly received notifications, and display the touch points corresponding to more important notifications in the incomplete cluster 605 according to the importance of the notifications. For example, it is displayed in the order of "very important", “important", and "not important”.
  • the position of the touch point cluster 605 can be fixed so that the user can start Process the corresponding notification content; or the position of the exposed touch point cluster 605 can be changed or adjusted again with subsequent detected operations, so that the touch point cluster 605 can be adjusted to a more convenient position before processing the corresponding notification content.
  • the user can adjust the touch point cluster 605 in the side area 303/503 by long pressing on the position between the upper and lower ends of the touch point cluster 605 and then sliding up and down. The up and down position.
  • a cluster of touch points will be used as an example to describe in detail multiple embodiments of notifications or applications corresponding to the dynamic touch identification of the present application.
  • the touch point cluster includes dynamic touch points, where each dynamic touch point corresponds to a different application and respectively represents a notification that is newly received in the application, for example, the first dynamic The touch point corresponds to the SMS and represents the latest SMS notification received, the second dynamic touch point corresponds to WeChat and represents the latest WeChat notification received, and the third dynamic touch point corresponds to QQ and represents the latest received one QQ message notification, etc.
  • the touch point cluster includes dynamic touch points, wherein each dynamic touch point corresponds to a different application, and each dynamic touch point represents a certain number or less corresponding to the application.
  • Unprocessed notifications for example, unprocessed notifications within 10
  • all unprocessed notifications corresponding to the application for example, the first dynamic touch point corresponds to the SMS application and indicates unprocessed (for example, not viewed or not responded Etc.)
  • the second dynamic touch point corresponds to the WeChat application and represents all WeChat notifications that have not been processed (for example, unread or unanswered)
  • the third dynamic touch point corresponds to the QQ application and represents unprocessed ( For example, all QQ message notifications that have not been read or answered, etc.
  • the number of notifications corresponding to one touch point can be limited.
  • each dynamic touch point can correspond to a notification list of no more than 10 unprocessed notifications received by the same application, and it should not exceed The 10 unprocessed notifications are sorted by time in the notification list.
  • the notification list corresponding to the dynamic touch point will remove the oldest unprocessed notification and replace the newest one. The notification is added to the top of the list.
  • the number of notifications that each dynamic touch point can correspond to is only exemplary, and should not be used as a limitation to the present application.
  • the cluster of touch points includes dynamic touch points, where each touch point corresponds to an unread push content, and multiple touch points can respectively correspond to received messages in the same application.
  • Multiple unprocessed notifications for example, the first dynamic touch point and the second dynamic touch point both correspond to the SMS application and respectively represent two unprocessed SMS notifications, the third dynamic touch point and the fourth dynamic touch point
  • the points all correspond to the WeChat application and respectively represent two unprocessed WeChat notifications
  • the fifth dynamic touch point and the sixth dynamic touch point both correspond to the QQ application and respectively represent two unprocessed QQ message notifications, and so on.
  • the number of multiple dynamic touch points corresponding to the same application can be limited.
  • the same application can correspond to no more than 3 dynamic touch points, that is, no more than 3 unread notifications are retained. This is not a limitation of this application.
  • the maximum number of dynamic touch markers in the cluster can also be set, for example, a maximum of 5 dynamic touch markers can be included.
  • the dynamic touch logo in the touch logo cluster and its corresponding unprocessed notifications are dynamic, they can appear in the touch logo cluster as new notifications are pushed to the terminal, or they can follow the corresponding notifications.
  • the notification list in the dynamic touch identification can also be adjusted as new notifications are pushed to the terminal or the corresponding notification is processed. Therefore, when the smart terminal has received multiple notifications that have not been processed by the user and need to be retained for subsequent processing, the terminal manages the correspondence between these notifications and touch marks in the background, and manages the touch marks in the cluster in the background. Touch identification and its sorting, as well as the notification list in each touch identification.
  • the notification corresponding to the touch identifier in the touch identifier cluster or the notification in the corresponding notification list can also be mapped to each notification retained by the notification center.
  • the notification is processed, or the notification is viewed and/or processed from the application program interface, or the notification is viewed and/or processed from the touch identification cluster
  • the one mapped to the notification corresponds to the touch identification or notification
  • the notification from the center will be deleted accordingly.
  • the touch markers in the touch marker cluster can be arranged in the touch marker cluster according to the time sequence when the terminal receives their corresponding notifications, or in the order predefined by the user or the system.
  • the touch identification clusters are arranged in the chronological order of the notifications, the touch identification corresponding to the most recently received notification is ranked first or last in the cluster, and accordingly, the earliest received is ranked at the end of the cluster. Position or first position.
  • the embodiment of the present application will take the time from top to bottom in the cluster as near to far to illustrate the method of updating and sorting touch markers in the cluster, that is, the touch markers ranked higher in the cluster correspond to the closer ones. Unprocessed notifications arrived.
  • the number of dynamic touch markers in the touch marker cluster may be set to not exceed the first predetermined value A1.
  • the sorting method of the dynamic touch identification in the cluster and the matching method of the notification corresponding to each dynamic touch identification may include but not limited to the following methods:
  • the terminal judges that a newly received notification that has not been processed and needs to be retained (that is, reserved in the notification center of the terminal and the touch identification cluster).
  • the dynamic touch identification D 1 corresponding to the notification N 1 is not in the current cluster, and the current When the number of dynamic touch identifications in the cluster is less than A1, the terminal adds the dynamic touch identification D 1 to the cluster and arranges it at the top of the cluster to indicate that the dynamic touch identification D 1 corresponds to the latest notification N 1 ;
  • the terminal will Remove the bottom-most dynamic touch identification D 0 from the cluster (the unprocessed notification N 0 that the removed dynamic touch identification D 0 originally corresponds to remains in the notification center for users to view/process), and The removed dynamic touch identification D 0 no longer corresponds to the unprocessed notification N 0 (that is, when the dynamic touch identification D 0 is added to the touch identification cluster again based on the notification N 0 'newly received by the terminal and When the notification N 0 has not been processed, the dynamic touch identification D 0 will only correspond to the new unprocessed notification N 0 ', and the notification N 0 will remain in the notification center of the terminal until it is processed), and at the same time, the dynamic touch The identifier D 1 is added to the cluster and arranged at the top of the cluster to indicate that the dynamic touch
  • the terminal determines that the dynamic touch identification D 1 corresponding to a newly received notification N 1 that has not been processed and needs to be retained has been displayed in the current cluster, the terminal will be the original notification corresponding to the dynamic touch identification D 1 N 1 'is replaced with the new notification N 1 (the replaced notification N 1 ' is still kept in the notification center for the user to view until it is processed), and the dynamic touch identification D 1 is adjusted and sorted to be the highest in the cluster At the top, it indicates that the dynamic touch identification D 1 corresponds to the latest notification N 1 received.
  • a dynamic touch identification corresponds to multiple notifications of an application, that is, a notification list corresponding to an application
  • the notifications in the notification list are sorted by time, and the dynamic touch identification is sorted according to its notification list
  • the latest notification time is sorted in the cluster
  • the terminal determines that a newly received notification that has not been processed and needs to be retained (that is, retained in the notification center of the terminal and the touch identification cluster).
  • the dynamic touch identification D 2 corresponding to the notification N 2 is not in the current cluster, and the current When the number of dynamic touch identifications in the cluster is less than A1, the terminal adds the dynamic touch identification D 2 to the cluster and arranges it at the top of the cluster.
  • the notification list corresponding to the dynamic touch identification D 2 only has the latest received Notice N 2 ;
  • the terminal determines that the dynamic touch identification D 2 corresponding to a newly received notification N 2 that has not been processed and needs to be retained has been displayed in the current cluster, the terminal will list the notification list corresponding to the dynamic touch identification D 2 The update is updated to include the notification N 2 , and the dynamic touch identification D 2 is adjusted to be ranked at the top of the cluster to indicate that the dynamic touch identification D 2 corresponds to the latest notification N 2 received.
  • the number of notifications in the notification list corresponding to the dynamic touch identifier D 2 does not exceed the third predetermined value A3, therefore,
  • the dynamic touch identification D 3 corresponding to the notification N 3 is added to the cluster Is arranged side by side at the top of the cluster to indicate that the dynamic touch identification D 3 corresponds to the latest notification N 3 received;
  • a cluster of touch points will be used as an example to describe in detail multiple embodiments of notifications or content or functions corresponding to the fixed touch identifiers of the present application.
  • the touch point cluster includes fixed touch points, wherein each fixed touch point corresponds to a predetermined application, or multiple fixed touch points correspond to multiple applications of a predetermined application Options, for example, the first fixed touch point corresponds to the WeChat application and represents the unprocessed WeChat notification in the WeChat application, and the second fixed touch point corresponds to the group chat named "GROUP" in the WeChat application and represents the group When chatting with all WeChat messages or unprocessed WeChat notifications received, the third fixed touch point corresponds to all SMS messages or unprocessed SMS notifications with the contact "Mom" in the SMS application, and so on.
  • the touch point cluster includes fixed touch points, where each fixed touch point corresponds to a predetermined content or function of multiple application options of a predetermined application, for example, the first fixed touch point.
  • the point corresponds to the Alipay application, and represents the three function options of Alipay’s payment code, receipt code, and scan.
  • the second fixed touch point corresponds to the Chinese-English translation application and represents the shortcut translation window for the current copied content.
  • the third fixed touch point represents two group chat options named "123" and "321" in the WeChat application, and so on.
  • the fixed touch points in the touch point cluster may also correspond to an unprocessed notification or unprocessed notification list of a predetermined application.
  • the first fixed touch point corresponds to WeChat’s unread notification list.
  • WeChat new notifications received by the WeChat application will not be retained in the cluster in the form of dynamic touch points, and the user will use the first fixed touch point
  • the operation of can view and/or process the unread notifications of WeChat, and after these unread WeChat notifications are viewed/processed, the first fixed touch point remains in the touch point cluster.
  • the user can customize the application options corresponding to the fixed touch markers in the touch marker cluster, such as specific content or specific functions, in order to view and/or at least part of the notifications received by the applications that they follow at any time, or open the high A function of an application that is frequently used.
  • multiple fixed touch identifications may correspond to notifications of different or the same applications, or correspond to the content or functions of different or the same applications.
  • the number of fixed touch marks can also be limited, for example, it does not exceed the second predetermined value A2.
  • the fixed dynamic identification is not removed from the touch identification cluster because its corresponding notifications are all set to "processed", nor does it follow the time sequence in which the terminal receives its corresponding notifications.
  • Adjust the order of the fixed touch marks in the touch mark cluster that is to say, the fixed touch marks are relatively fixed in the touch mark cluster, appear as the touch mark clusters appear, disappear and disappear.
  • the display of the fixed touch markers in the touch marker cluster can be displayed in a sorted order defined by the user, or other fixed touch markers can be added according to the user's operations on the fixed touch markers Mark, or remove the existing fixed touch marks, so that the number of fixed touch marks in the cluster does not exceed A2.
  • the user can enter the cluster editing mode by triple-clicking in the hot zone of the cluster.
  • the user can add a new fixed touch logo, move In addition to the existing dynamic and/or fixed touch marks, edit the correspondence between fixed touch marks and applications or application options, etc. It should be understood that the editing/setting of the dynamic touch mark and/or the fixed touch mark should not be regarded as a limitation of the present invention.
  • the touch identification cluster includes fixed touch identifications corresponding to notifications and fixed touch identifications corresponding to predetermined content or functions.
  • the touch identification cluster includes both the above-mentioned dynamic touch identification and the above-mentioned fixed touch identification.
  • the cluster embodiment including dynamic and fixed touch markers will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIG. 7.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application. Examples of touch point clusters and touch icon clusters are shown in the embodiment of FIG. 7d.
  • the touch point cluster 700a and the touch icon cluster 700b respectively include a dynamic touch point cluster 701a, a fixed touch point cluster 702a, a dynamic touch icon cluster 701b, and a fixed touch icon 702b.
  • the dynamic touch point cluster 701a or the dynamic icon cluster 701b may include touch points or touch icons that do not exceed the first predetermined value A1
  • the fixed touch point cluster 702a or the fixed touch icon cluster 702b may include a second predetermined value A1.
  • the terminal can manage the triggers corresponding to these notifications in the background of the terminal according to the first and second predetermined values A1 and A2, and/or the time sequence of receiving these notifications. Control identification, which has been described in detail above, so I won’t repeat it here.
  • the first predetermined value A1 and the second predetermined value A2 may be set to the same value, or may be set to different values, for example, set to 3, 5, 7, and so on.
  • the dynamic touch point cluster 701a or the dynamic touch icon 701b may respectively include 0 to 3 (including 0 and 3) dynamic touch marks
  • the fixed touch icon 702b may include three fixed touch marks, wherein the number of dynamic touch marks is dynamically adjusted between 0 and 3 (including 0 and 3) as described above.
  • the dynamic touch identification cluster 701a/701b and the fixed touch identification can be displayed on the side where the operation is detected; they can also be displayed on the left and right sides of the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, for example, the dynamic touch logo cluster is displayed on the left In the side area on the side, the fixed touch logo cluster is displayed on the right side area; it can also be displayed on the left and right sides of the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510 at the same time, such as on the left
  • the dynamic touch identification cluster and the fixed touch identification cluster are displayed, and the dynamic touch identification cluster and the fixed touch identification cluster are also displayed on the right side.
  • the first interface 310/510 is displayed on the display screen 301/501.
  • the touch icon cluster 700b The dynamic touch icon cluster 701b and the fixed touch icon cluster 702b are displayed in the right area 703R, as shown in FIG. Reduce the user's operating range.
  • the dynamic touch icon cluster 701b is displayed in the right area 703R of the first interface 310/510, and is fixed
  • the touch icon cluster 702b is displayed in the left area 703L of the first interface 310/510, which distinguishes the display of dynamic and fixed touch marks on the left and right sides, which is helpful for users to quickly find the touch marks they need to interact with, and process them more quickly Notification and content corresponding to the touch logo.
  • FIG. 7c when the smart terminal detects a corresponding operation on the right area 703R of the first interface 310/510, the dynamic touch icon cluster 701b is displayed in the right area 703R of the first interface 310/510, and is fixed
  • the touch icon cluster 702b is displayed in the left area 703L of the first interface 310/510, which distinguishes the display of dynamic and fixed touch marks on the left and right sides, which is helpful for users to quickly find the touch marks they need to interact with, and process them more quickly Notification and content corresponding to the touch logo.
  • the touch icon cluster 700b when the smart terminal detects a corresponding operation on the left area 703L or the right area 703R of the first interface 310/510, the touch icon cluster 700b includes the dynamic touch icon cluster 701b and The fixed touch icon cluster 702b can be displayed on the left area 703L and the right area 703R at the same time, and the touch icon clusters 700b on the left and right sides can be copied or mirrored to display both sides, so that the user can perform corresponding actions on either side. Operations can get consistent results.
  • the touch logo clusters can be displayed on the left and right sides at the same time, so that users can interact with the clusters on both sides, which reduces the difficulty for users to operate on one side when using these terminals, and also reduces the range and frequency of users’ operations. For example, when the user interacts with the cluster on the left, and finds that the left hand is no longer convenient for subsequent operations, he can directly restart the interaction on the right without waking up the cluster from the right again to make it appear in the right area.
  • the display screen of the smart terminal may be a folding screen, including one or more display screens, as shown in Figs. 7d and 7e.
  • the one or more display screens cooperate with the expansion and folding of the folding screen to display the content of the first interface.
  • the folding screen is in the folded state as shown in FIG. 7d, one of the display screens or a part of one display screen displays a first interface 310, and the first interface 310 includes a side area 303 displayed on the left side of the display screen and/ Or the right side.
  • the folding screen is in the unfolded state as shown in FIG.
  • the one or more display screens display a third interface 710
  • the third interface 710 corresponds to the first interface 310
  • the third interface 710 also includes a side area 700L And 700R, and displayed on the left and/or right side of the expanded display.
  • the side area refers to that when the user normally views the direction of the first interface 310 or the third interface 710, it is located on the left side of the first interface 310 or the third interface 710 and / Or the area on the right.
  • the folding screen 701 may be a bendable flexible display screen, or may be two display screens joined by a hinge.
  • the folding screen 701 is a bendable flexible display screen, and has a bending display area 703.
  • the folding screen 701 displays the first interface 310 in the folded state, at least a part of the side area 303 of the first interface 310 is displayed in the bending display area 703.
  • the folding screen 701 is in a folded state.
  • a touch icon cluster 700b is displayed on the side area 303 of the first interface 310, and the touch icon cluster 700b can be displayed on
  • the bent display area 703 (the touch icon cluster 700b' in the figure) may also be displayed on the side area of the first interface 310 that is not on the bent display area 703 (the touch icon cluster 700b in the figure).
  • the touch icon cluster 700b resumes the display shown in FIG. Since the folding screen 701 is more suitable for the user's one-handed operation in the folded state of FIG. 7d, while the user's two-handed operation is usually required in the unfolded state of FIG. Switching the display down can further improve the convenience of user operations and optimize the user experience.
  • the cluster will be adjusted to one-sided display or two-sided display according to the folding or unfolding state of the folding screen. It should be understood that, in another embodiment of the present application, the cluster is also When hidden, when the user triggers the cluster display when the terminal is in the folded state, the cluster can be displayed on one side, and when the user triggers the cluster display when the terminal is in the expanded state, the cluster can be displayed on both sides.
  • the touch points or touch icons contained in the dynamic clusters 701a/701b and the fixed clusters 702a/702b correspond to notifications of a certain application or application options of a certain application.
  • the notification corresponding to the dynamic touch identification in the dynamic cluster 701a/701b can be, for example, WeChat, news hotspots, meeting invitations, alarm reminders and other notifications or notifications or reminders of other applications, while the notifications or reminders in the fixed clusters 702a/702b
  • the application options corresponding to the fixed touch logo can be, for example, the quick chat window of a contact in WeChat, a link page in the browser, Alipay payment code or scan function, gallery photos, schedule reminders, etc. application content or applications Function.
  • the user can choose to add the following application so that the corresponding identification can be added to the dynamic touch identification cluster or fixed
  • the user can also edit existing concerned applications to change the list of followed applications, and the user can also set and allocate the number of touch identification clusters in the touch identification cluster.
  • users can also be provided with a quick setting interface or editing method, so that the above settings and/or editing can be performed under other interfaces, for example, when the cluster is displayed on the first interface , In the cluster display area, you can quickly edit the touch marks in the cluster.
  • the setting of the cluster and the editing of the touch logo displayed in the cluster are only exemplary, and should not be regarded as a limitation of this application.
  • the first predetermined value A1 of the number of dynamic touch markers is 5
  • the sorting method of the dynamic touch icons in the dynamic touch icon cluster and the matching method of the notification corresponding to each dynamic touch icon can refer to the foregoing embodiment, for example: when a new SMS notification is received When the corresponding SMS touch icon 7010 has been displayed in the cluster 701b, the SMS notification will be updated to the SMS touch icon 7010, and the SMS touch icon 7010 will be arranged at the top of the cluster 701b, from top to top according to the time sequence
  • the unprocessed notifications are arranged below for the user to view; when the Taobao touch icon corresponding to the newly received Taobao discount notification does not exist in the current dynamic icon cluster 701b, and the number of icons in the cluster 701b is less than 5, Taobao will be The touch icon is added to the top of the cluster 701b, and appears as the cluster 701b appears, and disappears when the cluster 701b disappears.
  • the latest Taobao discount notification received When the user starts to view the unprocessed notification, the latest Taobao discount notification received will be displayed.
  • the number of icons in the dynamic icon cluster 701b 5
  • the Taobao touch icon corresponding to the newly received Taobao discount notification does not yet exist in the cluster 701b
  • touch the SMS at the bottom of the cluster 701b The icon is removed from the cluster, and the Taobao touch icon is added to the top of the cluster 701b to facilitate the user to handle relatively new notification content. This is because notifications or messages that users have not processed for a long time are usually less interesting or unimportant content.
  • SMS notification and other matching methods of the SMS touch icon 7010 as well as the case of being added to the notification list of the SMS touch icon 7010, there is a detailed description in the foregoing, and will not be repeated here.
  • the dynamic clusters 701a and 701b can keep the content that users are more interested in instead of pressing the notification.
  • the user can pre-define the priority of each application to keep the touch icon corresponding to the application in the dynamic clusters 701a and 701b according to the high priority when receiving a new notification from an application. , And do not keep it in the cluster based on the low priority.
  • the user can also predefine the priority between applications by setting keywords, or the terminal can determine the application based on the user’s use time and frequency of each application Priority between and so on.
  • the terminal can also pre-judge the importance of newly received notifications through, for example, artificial intelligence AI algorithms, and sort the corresponding touch icons according to the importance of the notifications, for example, according to "very important", “important", And “not important” are arranged in the cluster from top to bottom.
  • sorting rules of the touch point clusters 701a, 702a, and/or the touch icon clusters 701b, 702b in the background are merely exemplary, and should not be taken as a limitation of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 will take the user touching the left area and only display the touch identification cluster in the left area as an example to describe the interaction between the user and the cluster in detail.
  • the touch identification cluster includes dynamic and fixed touch identifications
  • the dynamic touch identification corresponds to unprocessed notifications
  • the fixed touch identification corresponds to application options of the application.
  • the identification 305 is hidden on the side.
  • the terminal detects the first operation on the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, display feedback appears on the side area 303/503, such as touch
  • the control logo cluster appears, and the touch logo cluster may include dynamic touch icons and fixed touch icons, such as SMS touch logo 305.
  • the touch identification cluster includes one or more identifications, and the display of the one or more identifications may be simultaneous, bottom to top, or top to bottom sequentially displayed in the side area.
  • the touch icon cluster 700b including the short message touch logo 305 appears on the left area 703L of the first interface 310/510.
  • the touch marker cluster disappears from the side area 303/503 again.
  • the predetermined time may be, for example, 2s or 5s.
  • the cluster of touch markers does not disappear until the display screen goes off.
  • the terminal further detects the second operation on the hot zone of the touch icon cluster 700b, and each touch icon in the touch icon cluster 700b is enlarged from the first size to the second size, which is displayed in the figure. 8b is displayed as an enlarged touch icon cluster 800b to facilitate the user to view the touch icons of the application of interest.
  • the SMS touch icon 305 is enlarged to display the logo 82.
  • the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b is compared with The touch icon cluster 700b before zooming moves away from the side area, that is, the zoomed touch icon cluster 800b is closer to the front area of the first interface 310/510 than the touch icon cluster 700b before zooming.
  • the enlarged display touch logo cluster 800b can be reduced back to the touch icon cluster 700b, or directly from the side
  • the edge area 303/503 disappears, and at the same time, the first interface 310/510 no longer presents a semi-transparent state, where the predetermined time may be, for example, 2s or 5s.
  • the enlarged cluster of touch marks does not shrink or disappear until the display screen goes off.
  • the user operates on the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b to open the corresponding application program interface.
  • the Alipay touch icon 81 the Alipay application The interface opens, as shown in Figure 8e, or in response to the click operation, the payment code interface of Alipay opens.
  • the Alipay application interface or payment code interface may be displayed on the complete display area of the display screen 301/501, or may be displayed on a part of the display area of the display screen 301/501.
  • the SMS touch icon 82 the SMS application interface is opened or the newly received SMS interface is opened, such as the interface shown in Figure 3c or Figure 3e.
  • the touch icon cluster 700b before zooming can be redisplayed, or the touch icon cluster after zooming can be directly displayed.
  • Cluster 800b to continue user operations.
  • the user operates on the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b to open a detail card related to unprocessed notifications or application options.
  • the terminal detects the third operation on the hot zone of the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b. For example, if it detects the corresponding operation on the Alipay touch icon 81 in the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b, then Alipay The touch icon 81 is further enlarged from the second size to the third size, and the application option card corresponding to the touch icon 81, such as the payment code card 810, is displayed for the user to scan the code for payment.
  • the control icon 81 moves away from the side area 303/503, or moves closer to the front area 306/506 of the first interface 310/510, or towards Moving in a direction close to the middle or center point of the display screen 301/501, and the enlarged Alipay touch icon 81 can cover a part of the front area 306/506 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the terminal detects the corresponding operation (the third operation) of the Alipay touch icon 81 in the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b
  • the Alipay touch icon 81 is increased by the first magnification factor.
  • the second size is enlarged to the third size, and one or more touch icons adjacent to the Alipay touch icon 81, such as the SMS touch icon 82 and the schedule touch icon 802, are enlarged from the second size to the second size by the second magnification factor.
  • the fourth size is displayed.
  • other touch icons adjacent to the touch icons 82 and 802 can also be displayed with a third magnification factor from the second size to the fifth size.
  • the first magnification factor is greater than the second magnification factor
  • the second magnification factor is greater than the third magnification factor, that is, the third size is greater than the fourth size
  • the fourth size is greater than the fifth size.
  • the Alipay touch icon 81 moves toward Move away from the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, and adjacent to the Alipay touch icon 81, the SMS touch icon 82 and the schedule touch icon 802 move away from the first interface 310 by the second moving distance
  • the side area 303/503 of /510 moves.
  • other touch icons adjacent to the touch icons 82 and 802 can also move to the side area 303/503 away from the first interface 310/510 by the third moving distance.
  • the first movement distance is greater than the second movement distance
  • the second movement distance is greater than the third movement distance.
  • the terminal further detects a fourth operation on the hot zone of the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b, for example, detects a corresponding operation on the short message touch icon 82 in the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b.
  • a fourth operation on the hot zone of the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b for example, detects a corresponding operation on the short message touch icon 82 in the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b.
  • the Alipay touch icon 81 belongs to the fixed touch icon in the touch icon cluster, it does not change from the fixed touch icon because the corresponding application option card, such as the payment code card, is displayed (and thus viewed and/or processed). Therefore, the Alipay touch icon 81 is reduced from the third size to the second size and displayed in the touch icon cluster 800b, and the payment code card 810 is hidden accordingly.
  • the SMS touch icon 82 is further enlarged from the second size to the third size for display, and a content detail card, such as an SMS card 820, is displayed for the user to view and process the short message, as shown in FIG. 8d.
  • the short message card 820 can display the content of the corresponding short message notification, or display the short message corresponding to the short message notification. Since the content of the short message notification may not contain all the content of the short message, the user can display the content on the short message card Interact to view the detailed content of the SMS notification.
  • the display area of the enlarged SMS touch icon 82 is farther away from the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510 than the display area of the SMS touch icon 82 before enlargement, or closer to the first interface 310/510
  • the front area 306/506 of the display screen is closer to the middle or center point of the display screen 301/501, and may cover a part of the front area 306/506 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the pop-up card may disappear from the display screen, and the enlarged touch icon or cluster of touch icons may correspond to At the same time, the first interface 310/510 no longer presents a semi-transparent state, where the predetermined time may be, for example, 2s or 5s.
  • the predetermined time may be, for example, 2s or 5s.
  • the card will still be displayed until the display screen goes off.
  • the card can be displayed all the time, such as the payment code card 810 of Alipay, for the convenience of users.
  • the terminal can open the SMS application corresponding to the SMS touch icon 82 for subsequent processing, or the terminal can open the reply window corresponding to the SMS card 820 to reply to the Short message, or the terminal can open the interface of the short message application and the split-screen display interface of the first interface 310/510 to perform multitasking.
  • the terminal further detects the operation on the Alipay payment code card 810, for example, the function key 811 on the card 810 (including but not limited to "scan code", “ride code”, “receive money”, “transfer ”Function)
  • the terminal can open the Alipay application corresponding to the Alipay touch icon 81 to use this function.
  • the SMS touch icon 82 belongs to the dynamic touch icon in the dynamic touch icon cluster, it will be removed from the dynamic icon cluster after all the corresponding SMS notifications are processed. Therefore, if the terminal detects the SMS card After the operation on the 820 and the corresponding interface of the SMS application are displayed, the SMS touch icon 82 will correspondingly disappear from the touch icon cluster 800b, and the SMS notification related to the SMS card 820 will also be deleted from the notification center. If the terminal does not detect the operation on the SMS card 820, and detects the user's operation on other touch icons in the cluster, the SMS touch icon 82 can also disappear from the touch icon cluster 800b accordingly, similarly with The short message notification related to the short message card 820 is also deleted from the notification center.
  • the short message card 820 is opened and displayed to indicate that the user has viewed the short message notification.
  • the predetermined time mentioned in this application may be built in the system or customized by the user.
  • the notification content corresponding to the card When the user quickly swipes over the card, it is considered that the notification content corresponding to the card has not been viewed by the user, and the notification can still be retained. When the user stays on the card for sufficient time, the notification content corresponding to the card is considered to have been The user views, the notification can no longer be retained.
  • the touch icon corresponding to the card disappears from the cluster, and the corresponding notification is deleted from the notification center because it is deleted by the user Cards that swipe quickly are considered unimportant notifications, so the touch icons associated with them do not have to remain in the clusters in the side area.
  • the short message card 820 can be removed, that is, the short message in the short message card 820
  • the notification is removed from the notification list corresponding to the SMS touch icon 82, and is also deleted from the notification center of the terminal. If there are no unprocessed notifications in the SMS touch icon 82, the SMS touch icon 82 is removed from the touch icon cluster accordingly; if there are still unprocessed notifications in the SMS touch icon 82, the SMS touch icon 82 remains. At this time, the SMS touch icon 82 is restored/reduced from the third size to the second size, that is, the display of FIG. 8b is restored.
  • the terminal in response to the sixth operation, may further delete the short message corresponding to the notification, and in response to the delete operation, the short message touch icon 82 disappears from the cluster (the short message touch When the icon 82 has no other corresponding unprocessed notifications), and/or the short message notification is deleted from the notification center, and/or the corner mark 411a of the short message application 412a shown in FIG. 4e disappears, and/or the icon shown in FIG. 4f
  • the short message icon 411b in the notification bar/task bar 412b disappears, and the short message corresponding to the short message notification is deleted from the short message application and/or deleted from the system.
  • the terminal After a certain detail card pops up, such as the short message card 820 in FIG. 8d, if the terminal detects the seventh operation on the short message card 820 and the area outside the hot zone of the touch icon cluster, the short message card 820 disappears.
  • the SMS touch icon 82 in response to the seventh operation, is restored from the third size to the second size for display, and remains in the touch icon cluster 800b (that is, the display of FIG. 8b is restored), If after a period of time, for example, 2 seconds later, the terminal does not detect any operation on the hot zone of the touch icon cluster 800b, the touch icon cluster 800b is further reduced to the touch icon cluster 700b of the first size (that is, as shown in FIG.
  • the touch icon cluster 700b is hidden on the left area 703L, that is, it returns to the first position shown in Figure 6a.
  • the touch icon cluster in response to the seventh operation, can be restored to the touch icon cluster 700b of the first size immediately (the display of FIG. 8a is restored immediately), or the touch icon cluster can be instantly restored It is hidden in the left area 703L (the display in FIG. 6a is immediately restored) to facilitate the user to operate on the first interface 310/510 without being disturbed by the touch marker clusters on the side area 303/503.
  • the first to seventh operations that interact with the touch identification cluster can be touch operations, sliding operations, double-click operations, long-press operations, pinch operations, pressure operations, fingerprint operations and their combined operations, or the above operations and Combination of face recognition, and the first to fifth operations can be the same or different operations, or multiple operations can be combined into one operation.
  • the touch icons in the touch icon cluster can be enlarged from the first size to the second size for the user to view, and when the user selects the touch icon, the touch icon can be Furthermore, it is enlarged from the second size to the third size to more clearly display the application icon corresponding to the notification that the user wants to process.
  • the touch icon cluster may not be enlarged and displayed due to the corresponding operation, or after the corresponding icon is selected, only the single icon is enlarged, for example, the display is directly enlarged from the first size to the third size. .
  • the touch icon cluster is displayed in FIG. 8a, the user selects a touch icon.
  • the display interface is switched from FIG. 8a to FIG. 8d. That is, the SMS touch icon is directly enlarged from the first size to the third size, that is, the touch icon is switched between the two sizes, and there is no third size.
  • the touch icon cluster 700b appears in the left area 703L, and each of them is dynamically touched
  • the icon and the fixed touch icon have the first size, as shown in Figure 8a; within a certain preset time after the touch is detected, for example, within 3 seconds, if the terminal detects an upward sliding operation on the left area 703L, for example Slide up a certain preset distance or slide up to within the hot zone range of the touch icon cluster 700b (that is, the second operation), and each touch icon in the touch icon cluster 700b faces away from the side of the first interface 310/510
  • the direction of the area 303/503 is moved and enlarged to the above-mentioned second size display, as shown in the touch icon cluster 800b shown in FIG.
  • the terminal detects a sliding operation on the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b and the sliding is detected
  • the operation is near the Alipay touch icon 81 in the touch icon cluster 800b (that is, the third operation), or the terminal detects a click operation on the enlarged touch chart cluster 800b, especially the click operation on the Alipay touch icon 81 (I.e.
  • the Alipay touch icon 81 further moves separately to the front area 306/506 and is enlarged to the third size for display, and at the same time the Alipay payment code pops up on the side of the enlarged Alipay touch icon 81 accordingly Card 810, as shown in Figure 8c; the terminal further detects the sliding operation, and continues to slide up or down from the Alipay touch icon 81 to the vicinity of the SMS touch icon 82 (the fourth operation), or the terminal further detects the user Lift up from the Alipay touch icon 81 and click on the SMS touch icon 82 (the fourth operation).
  • the Alipay touch icon 81 is reduced/restored from the third size to the second size.
  • the Alipay payment code card 810 disappears, and
  • the SMS touch icon 82 further moves in the direction of the front area 306/506 and is enlarged from the second size to the third size, and the SMS card 820 pops up accordingly, as shown in Figure 8d; when the terminal detects that the SMS card 820 is on Click operation (that is, the fifth operation), the application interface of the short message is displayed on the display 301/501, as shown in Figure 3c, to process the short message on the short message card 820, or when the terminal detects that the short message card 820 is on The long-press operation (that is, the fifth operation), the application interface of short messages displayed on the display 301/501 and the split-screen display interface of the first interface 310/510, as shown in Figure 3f, to perform multitasking.
  • Click operation that is, the fifth operation
  • the application interface of the short message is displayed on the display 301/501, as shown in Figure 3c, to process the short message on the short message card 820, or when the terminal detects that the short message card 820
  • the terminal determines that the SMS touch icon 82 is a dynamic icon and there is no corresponding unprocessed notification, and then removes the SMS touch icon 82 from the touch icon cluster 700b/800b; when the terminal is in the figure In the 8d scenario, the right swipe operation (that is, the sixth operation) on the SMS card 820 is detected, the SMS card 820 is removed from the display screen 301/501, and the notification list corresponding to the SMS touch icon 82 is updated, or the SMS Touch icon 8 2 It may disappear from the touch icon cluster 800b; when the terminal is in the scenario of Figure 8c or Figure 8d, it detects a click operation on the touch icon cluster 800b and the area other than the Alipay payment code card 810 or SMS card 820 (Ie the seventh operation), the Alipay payment code card 810 or SMS card 820 disappears, and the Alipay touch icon 81 or SMS touch icon 82 is reduced/restored from the third size to the second size and remains in the icon cluster 800b .
  • the right swipe operation that is, the sixth operation
  • first operation to the seventh operation of the interaction between the user and the touch identification cluster is only an example of this application, and should not be regarded as a limitation of this application.
  • first operation to the seventh operation are in no particular order.
  • the fourth operation does not necessarily occur after the third operation
  • the seventh operation does not necessarily occur after the fifth and sixth operations.
  • the touch icon cluster 700b is enlarged and displayed, and then the enlarged touch icon cluster 800b is displayed, in which the touch icon or the application option corresponding to the touch icon
  • the original first interface 310/510 can be blurred or additional mask processing.
  • the mask can be a picture provided by the application or a picture predefined by the user.
  • the blur processing may be gradual, for example, gradually blurring in the process from Figure 8a to Figure 8b, and gradually becoming more blurred in the process from Figure 8b to Figure 8c, that is, the image
  • the first interface 310/510 shown in 8c and FIG. 8d is more blurred than the first interface 310/510 shown in FIG. 8b.
  • the “hot zone” of the touch point cluster or icon cluster mentioned in the embodiments of the present application refers to the interactive area where the user can operate on the touch point cluster or the touch icon cluster.
  • the interactive area is usually displayed.
  • the "detail card” and “application option card” mentioned in the embodiments of this application refer to the card displayed after interacting with the "dynamic touch logo” and/or "fixed touch logo” of this application. It is a control or viewing window, floating window or pop-up frame that contains certain information or function keys, such as shortcut switch settings in the system, clock, notes, weather, calendar, and third-party applications, such as music, instant news Related windows (or floating windows or pop-up frames).
  • the display of the window (or floating window or pop-up frame) only occupies a part of the display screen of the smart terminal.
  • the cards 810 and 820 are displayed in the middle part of the display 301/501 as the upper floating window display and can cover a part of the lower interface.
  • the function buttons on the cards 810 and 820 take precedence over Function buttons for the area it has covered.
  • the underlying implementation of the card in the embodiments of this application can be one of negative one screen (or Hiboard), smart desktop assistant, card page, widget widget, or control, or similar to or a combination of the underlying implementation of the above-mentioned technologies .
  • the operation is displayed independently, or multiple linked cards are displayed in linkage up and down or left and right based on the user's operation. Regardless of the card displayed in any of the above methods, the progress of the card switching can be automatically controlled by the device, independent of the user, or controlled by the user, and this application does not limit the switching method or control thereof.
  • each touch icon corresponds to one application option card or detail card
  • one touch icon may correspond to multiple application option cards or Details cards
  • the Alipay touch icon can correspond to a payment code card, a receipt code card, and a scan card.
  • the vehicle touch icon shown in Figure 9c can correspond to a car information card 921 and a A vehicle operation card 922, and so on.
  • the multiple application option cards or detail cards corresponding to the above one touch icon can be switched and viewed as described above, for example, one card is overlaid on top of other cards and swipe to view the covered cards below, or can be linked cards as described above To view by scrolling, for example, multiple cards are connected together, and you can slide up and down, left and right to view the multiple cards continuously.
  • the application option card or the detail card corresponding to the touch identification can display the application options or details and function keys at the same time, for example, the SMS card can The short message and the reply button or delete button are displayed. When a click operation on the reply button or the delete button is detected, the short message will be processed accordingly.
  • the terminal After the terminal detects the first to seventh operations of the interaction with the cluster, or applies the corresponding operations on the function keys in the option card or the detail card, the terminal will update the notification list corresponding to the dynamic touch identification and determine the dynamic touch Identifies whether to keep or remove in the cluster.
  • the dynamic touch icon when the dynamic touch icon has a corresponding unprocessed notification, the dynamic touch icon should be kept in the cluster, and when the dynamic touch icon does not have a corresponding unprocessed notification, the dynamic touch icon should be The icon will be removed from the cluster.
  • Specific methods for determining whether to retain or remove dynamic touch icons include but are not limited to the following methods:
  • the dynamic touch mark D 1 When the dynamic D 1 corresponding to the touch identifier before opening the card C 1, the corresponding notification by the N state 1 "unprocessed” to "processed", (where N 1 is also notified of the notification from the terminal (Removed from the center), when the terminal responds to another operation to cause the detail card C 1 to disappear from the first interface, the dynamic touch mark D 1 also disappears from the touch mark cluster, where the detail card C 1 disappears It may be in response to the seventh operation described above (operation on the card and the area outside the cluster) or in response to the fifth and sixth operations described above (operation on the card area).
  • the display has to meet the contents of the card user to the notification process, when the details to the display card C 1 disappeared, indicating that the user has viewed the advertisement content in the card, no longer retained in the notification in the form of identification of the touch
  • the touch dynamic identification card details corresponding to D 1 C 1 is opened, its corresponding notification N 1 remains at state "untreated", and when the terminal detects the fifth and sixth operation (the card area Operation), the status of notification N 1 changes from “unprocessed” to "processed”, and the dynamic touch identification D 1 disappears from the touch identification cluster (at this time, the notification N 1 is removed from the notification center of the terminal ).
  • the content displayed by the card is sometimes not enough for the user to process the notification.
  • the user has not responded after viewing the details of a short message notification card. The user needs to query some data and reply to the other party's short message. Therefore, after opening the card
  • the dynamic touch identification is still retained, so that the user can perform a quick reply operation when replying to the short message notification, and after replying to the short message, the dynamic touch identification D 1 disappears from the cluster.
  • the dynamic touch logo may correspond to one or more detail cards
  • the user can switch between the various cards, when the user does not need to continue to view the notification content displayed by the card, exit the card mode, or open the application through the operation on the card to further process multiple notification content.
  • the content displayed by the card sometimes cannot satisfy the user's handling of the notification. Therefore, the dynamic touch logo is still retained after the card is opened, so that the user can subsequently perform quick operations on these unread notifications.
  • the user can continue to process other notifications in the application interface. At this time, there is no need to keep these notifications in the side area of the first interface in the form of touch logos.
  • the dynamic touch logo D 1 disappears from the cluster;
  • the status of the notification N X is determined by "Unprocessed” becomes “Processed” and is removed from the notification list (at this time, the notification N X is removed from the notification center of the terminal).
  • the notification list corresponding to the dynamic touch identification D 1 is emptied, in other words, when there is no unprocessed notification in the notification list, the dynamic touch identification D 1 disappears from the touch identification cluster.
  • the notification corresponding to the card does not need to remain in the notification list, and at the same time, there is no need to notify the card Continue to remain in the notification center; however, other unprocessed notifications in the list have not been processed by the user, so they remain in the notification list and correspond to the dynamic touch identification D 1 for subsequent interactions by the user. At the same time, they remain in the notification center. In the notification center.
  • an eighth operation can also be performed on the touch identification cluster, and in response to the eighth operation, the terminal can clear the notification corresponding to each dynamic touch identification in the touch identification cluster And a notification list, and in response to the eighth operation, all the dynamic touch markers in the touch marker cluster are removed.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the touch icon of the third application may be a fixed touch icon, and the fixed touch icon of the third application has an application option card or a detail card related to detection conditions such as time, signal strength, and/or distance
  • time-related cards such as start time or end time, or cards related to scenes judged by signal strength and/or distance, including the scene of locking the car or the scene of arriving near the associated car.
  • the third application may be a calendar application
  • the notification corresponding to the fixed touch icon of the third application may be a meeting reminder notification that is approaching in time (for example, a reminder 15 minutes before the start time of the meeting)
  • the application corresponding to the notification The option card or the detail card can display the detailed content of the meeting reminder and/or the function buttons for joining the meeting.
  • the terminal determines that the reminder time of the meeting has come, the corresponding fixed touch icon or the entire touch icon cluster automatically appears (or can continue to remain hidden), and accordingly, the application option card or details card of the meeting reminder notification is automatically displayed. Pop up to remind the user to view and/or process the application option card or detail card.
  • the touch icon of the third application may also be a dynamic touch icon.
  • the terminal determines that a dynamic touch icon in the touch icon cluster 900b is in the hidden state
  • the touch icon cluster 900b appears in the left area 703L of the first interface 310/510, and can also be moved closer to the first interface accordingly.
  • the front area 306/506 of an interface 310/510 moves in the direction of the front area 306/506 and is displayed enlarged.
  • the aviation steward touch icon 91 can be further automatically enlarged and a flight information card 910 pops up on its side accordingly.
  • the flight information card 910 displays the data Flight information 2 hours after the current time.
  • the content corresponding to the flight information card 910 is the boarding information of the China Southern Airlines flight at 19:00 on the same day, two hours before boarding, that is, 17:00 on the same day.
  • the terminal judges that the time condition is met, the icon cluster 900b is enlarged and displayed in the left area 703L of the first interface 310/510, and the aviation steward touch icon 91 is further enlarged and the icon 91 pops up at the same time.
  • Flight information card 910 to remind users not to miss a flight.
  • the terminal determines that the notification corresponding to the touch icon 92 of the car application in the touch icon cluster in the hidden state meets the conditions for automatic pop-up (for example, by signal strength and/or distance, etc. To determine the scene condition), the touch icon cluster continues to remain hidden on the side area of the first interface 310/510, and the touch icon 92 corresponding to the vehicle application appears on the left of the first interface 310/510. In the side area 703L, when the user clicks the touch icon 92, as shown in FIG.
  • the car information card 921 and/or the vehicle operation card 922 are convenient for the user to control or operate the vehicle, for example, open the window, unlock the door, set the temperature of the air conditioner, and so on.
  • the automatic pop-up scene condition may be that when the terminal detects that an associated vehicle is nearby, for example, through Bluetooth signal detection; or when the terminal detects that the distance to the associated vehicle increases and the associated vehicle When the vehicle is not locked; or when the terminal detects an abnormality in the associated vehicle, such as insufficient tire pressure, low fuel, or damaged sensors, etc., the vehicle alarms.
  • the terminal when an abnormal condition occurs in the associated vehicle, the terminal automatically pops up a detail card or an application option card to display the detailed content of the abnormal condition to remind the user of the abnormal condition and/or provide a function button for handling the abnormal condition.
  • the touch icon 92 corresponds to multiple detail cards or application option cards, such as a car information card 921 and a car operation card 922, etc.
  • the multiple cards can be popped up at the same time when the detection or judgment conditions are met. , Or just pop up one or a few related cards instead of all the cards, so as to facilitate the user to view the content related to the scene detected at the time and perform related operations.
  • notifications with time or scene conditions and/or restrictions can be kept on the side as a dynamic touch mark after the user views the detail card or application option card or performs corresponding operations on the card.
  • the notification details card such as swiping right to delete the card
  • the dynamic touch identification corresponding to the card is removed from the cluster on the side area.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the enlarged icon cluster 800b has appeared on the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, and the user is interacting in the hot zone of the icon cluster 800b.
  • the user is still interacting in the hot zone of the icon cluster 800b, and the Alipay payment code card 810 is displayed on the display screen.
  • the interaction between the user and the icon cluster 800b is not limited to the scenarios shown in FIGS. 10a and 10d, but includes, but is not limited to, the interaction scenarios of the foregoing embodiments, such as FIGS.
  • the smart terminal receives a notification from the second application, such as a short message notification, and appears in the form of a banner 311 on the first interface 310/510.
  • a notification from the second application such as a short message notification
  • the touch logo corresponding to the banner 311 may or may not exist in the current icon cluster 800b.
  • the touch icon cluster 800b on the side area 303/503 is hidden, and only displayed on the side area 303/503 corresponding to the banner 311
  • the touch icon of the SMS namely the SMS touch icon 1005, where, when the first interface 310/510 is the desktop, the corner of the SMS application icon displayed on it is marked with "1" updated to "2" to identify the SMS application
  • the procedure includes newly received notifications. That is to say, when the user is interacting with the touch icon cluster 800b, the new notification will interrupt the current interaction so that the user can process the content of the new notification.
  • the smart terminal detects the touch hot zone 1004 of the SMS touch icon 1005
  • the corresponding operations can be performed as shown in Fig.
  • the terminal does not detect any further operations on the SMS touch icon 1005, after a predetermined period of time, the newly notified banner 311 disappears, and at the same time appears on the side of the first interface 310/510 Area 303/503 displays the updated touch identification cluster.
  • the update of the touch identification cluster after receiving the new notification please refer to the foregoing embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
  • the smart terminal when the user is interacting with the touch icon cluster 800b on the side area, that is, the smart terminal detects the operation on the hot zone of the touch icon cluster 800b, and responds to receiving The new notification, the banner 311 is displayed in the top area 302 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the interactive interface with the icon cluster 800b is not hidden, and the SMS touch icon 1005 corresponding to the SMS notification and the banner 311 will be prompted Displayed in the touch icon cluster 800b, where "prompt display” means that the icon will be displayed in the cluster in a different way from other icons, such as enlarged display and/or highlight display and/or flashing display, such as zoom in It flashes and displays for 3 seconds as a strong reminder of the touch icon 1005. Therefore, even when the user is interacting with the cluster and focusing on the interactive interface, the displayed icon can attract the user’s attention and remind the user of the current The short message touch icon 1005 can be operated accordingly to process this short message. That is, when the user is interacting with the touch icon cluster 800b, the new notification will not interrupt the current interaction, so as to facilitate the user to decide whether to continue the current interaction or process the content of the new notification.
  • the new notification received by the terminal will interrupt the current interaction with the touch marker cluster, such as As described in Figure 10b above, after the interaction is interrupted, the interactive interface with the cluster disappears, and only the touch logo corresponding to the new notification is displayed on the side area.
  • the new notification received by the terminal will not interrupt the current interaction with the touch identification cluster.
  • the touch corresponding to the new notification will not be interrupted.
  • the control logo will be enlarged or highlighted or flashing displayed in the cluster.
  • the terminal will not display the banner or pop-up frame of the new notification when receiving a new notification. Instead, the icon corresponding to the new notification will be displayed in the notification bar/taskbar 412b, and/ Or display a corner mark on the application corresponding to the new notification.
  • the new notification can interrupt the interaction scene shown in Figure 4e-4f, that is, the touch icon on the side will be used to receive operations to display and/or Process the new notification.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11a shows that the smart terminal receives a new notification in the form of a banner 1111 with function keys 1101 and 1102 in the top area 302 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the touch identification 1105 appears in the side area 303/503, and the touch identification 1105 may be a unique touch identification or a touch identification corresponding to the new notification.
  • the terminal detects a corresponding operation in the touch hot zone 1104 of the touch mark 1105, the content of the notification is displayed for the user to process. If the user does not process the new notification, the notification is added to the notification center of the terminal; if the user processes the notification, the notification is removed from the notification center of the terminal.
  • the terminal determines whether the user is holding the terminal with the left hand or the right hand, or whether the user is operating with the left hand or the right hand based on the sensor, and/or the antenna signal, and/or the user's historical usage data, etc. Operate, and display the touch mark 1105 in the left area 703L or the right area 703R of the first interface 310/510 according to the result of the judgment, so that the touch mark 1105 is displayed in the operation area adjacent to the user, so that the user can The new notification is processed in the current holding state without changing the holding state or adding additional operating fingers.
  • the touch logo 1105 can also be displayed in the left area 703L and the right area 703R at the same time, so as to facilitate the user to process the new notification on either side, so as to quickly process the content of the notification corresponding to the banner .
  • the terminal determines that the current user is a left-handed terminal (this determination process can also be omitted, that is, the logo is displayed on the left side by default), and the touch logo 1105 is displayed at least on the first interface On the left area 703L of 310/510, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11c, in response to the banner 1111, the terminal determines that the current user is a right-handed terminal (this determination process can also be omitted, that is, the logo is displayed on the right side by default), The touch mark 1105 is displayed at least on the right area 703R.
  • the banner 1111 with the function keys 1101 and 1102 is pulled down to the upper predetermined area 1106 as a whole, and the predetermined area 1106 Between the top area 302 and the bottom area 307 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the banner 1111 displayed on the predetermined area 1106 covers a part of the first interface 310/510 on the front area 306/506, and the banner 1111 after being pulled down is closer to the bottom of the first interface 310/510 than the banner 1111 before being pulled down Area 307.
  • the first operation which can be touch operation, sliding operation, double-click operation, long press operation, pinch operation, pressure operation, fingerprint operation and their combination, or the combination of the above operation and face recognition Specifically, for example, sliding down a certain preset distance, long-pressing for a certain preset time, or preset gesture operation, etc.
  • the predetermined area mentioned in this application can be the middle area of the first interface, the upper middle or lower middle area, or the middle left or middle right area.
  • the banner and its function keys displayed on the 1106 users can usually perform convenient operations without having to move their fingers significantly.
  • the predetermined area 1106 may also be a first area that is adaptively adjusted according to the user's operating position in the side area detected by the terminal.
  • the first area may be close to the user's touch in the side area.
  • the position of the touch point and click point, for example, the center of the first area can be adapted to the horizontal line of the touch point detected by the terminal or above or below a certain distance from the horizontal line.
  • the horizontal line is not an absolute horizontal direction. Relative to the direction of the terminal described in the figure, when the up and down direction of the terminal is not vertical when viewed normally, the direction of the horizontal line is not horizontal either, but is substantially perpendicular to the up and down direction of the terminal.
  • the user can edit the pull-down banner 1111 to change the first area displayed. For example, after the user presses and holds on the banner for 3 seconds, the edit mode is displayed, and the user can drag the banner up and down to display In the desired area, after the user exits the editing mode, the new notification banner will be displayed in the desired area edited by the user after being pulled down.
  • the editing of the first area can also be operated under the setting interface of the system. This should not be taken as a limitation to the present invention.
  • the position of the function keys 1101, 1102 on the banner 1111 in the present application can be left, right, or the middle position.
  • the banner or pop-up frame 1111 with the function keys 1101, 1102 is pulled down in response to the above-mentioned first operation
  • the display positions of the function keys 1101, 1102 on the banner or bullet frame 1111 can be adjusted to the left, right, or middle, etc., which is more convenient for the user to operate.
  • the function keys 1101 and 1102 are at the lower left position on the banner 1111.
  • the terminal determines that the user is operating the terminal with the left hand at this time, and the touch logo 1105 is displayed in the left area 703L.
  • the terminal determines that the touch
  • the banner 1111 with function keys 1101 and 1102 is pulled down to the predetermined area 1106 as a whole. Change, so that the user can continue to operate these function keys from the left.
  • the function keys 1101 and 1102 are at the lower left position on the banner 1111.
  • the terminal determines that the user is operating the terminal with the right hand at this time, and the touch logo 1105 is displayed in the right area 703R.
  • the banner 1111 with the function keys 1101 and 1102 is pulled down to the predetermined area 1106 as a whole, as shown in Figure 11d, the function keys 1101 and 1102 in the pull-down banner 1111 are pulled down from the lower left position. Adjust to the lower right position to facilitate the user to continue to operate these function keys from the right.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives a new notification, the terminal determines whether the current user is operating the terminal with the left hand or the terminal with the right hand, so that the touch logo is displayed on the left or right area, and the banner is displayed accordingly.
  • the function keys are displayed in the lower left or lower right position of the.
  • the terminal determines that the current user is operating the terminal with the left hand, so the touch logo 1105 is displayed in the left area 703L, and the function keys 1101 and 1102 are displayed in the lower left position of the banner 1111.
  • the smart terminal when the banner or pop-up frame without function keys is pulled down to the predetermined display area in response to the first operation, the smart terminal further detects the second operation on the predetermined display area. And in response to the second operation, perform a corresponding operation to the new notification, thereby processing the content of the notification. For example, when the smart terminal detects a click operation on the banner 1111 displayed on the predetermined display area 1106, it will open the interface corresponding to the notification.
  • the interface may be as shown in Figures 3c, 3e, and 3f, which will not be repeated here.
  • the touch identification 1105 is one of the multiple interface elements used for processing notifications on the side area of the terminal
  • the touch logo 1105 in response to the terminal receiving
  • the new notification is displayed on the display in the form of a banner 1111.
  • the notification is added to the notification center of the terminal, and the touch logo 1105 is added to the hidden touch logo cluster on the side area; in Figure 11b or
  • the banner 1111 in response to the user's interaction with the touch logo 1105 on the side, the banner 1111 is pulled down, and the notification corresponding to the banner 1111 is removed from the notification center of the terminal, and the touch logo 1105 is removed from the touch
  • the control logo is removed from the cluster.
  • the pull-down banner 1111 disappears from the interface, and The notification corresponding to the banner 1111 is still retained in the notification center of the terminal, and the touch identification 1105 is retained in the hidden touch identification cluster on the side area.
  • the smart terminal may receive notifications that only contain content, such as news, etc., and may also receive notifications that include content and function keys, such as SMS notifications with the "copy verification code” function. Email conference notifications with "accepted” or "rejected”, etc.
  • the above-mentioned different system notifications and notifications of different applications can be processed in combination with any of the above-mentioned embodiments.
  • the terminal's notifications that only contain content are processed in accordance with one embodiment of this application, and the notifications that include content and function keys are processed in accordance with one embodiment of this application. This application is handled in another embodiment.
  • the banner or pop-up frame of the notification only includes the message content of WeChat and does not contain any function keys.
  • the corresponding touch points appearing in the side area can be operated to quickly process the WeChat message.
  • the terminal detects an operation in the touch area of the touch point it can open the WeChat interface, hide the banner or pop-up frame, Or split-screen display of WeChat interface, please refer to Figure 3 and its description for details.
  • the smart terminal when the smart terminal receives a notification of a text message, which appears on the display in the form of a banner or a pop-up frame, the text message notification not only includes the content of the text message but also includes functions such as "copy verification code” and/or "delete"
  • the user When pressing the key, the user operates the corresponding touch point that appears in the side area, and can quickly pull down the banner or pop-up box to process the content of the message, for example, when the terminal detects the operation on the banner or pop-up box that is pulled down to a predetermined area , The SMS notification will be processed accordingly.
  • the terminal detects the operation on the banner or pop-up box that is pulled down to a predetermined area
  • the SMS notification will be processed accordingly.
  • Figure 11 please refer to Figure 11 and its description.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the smart terminal displays the first interface 310/510, the user's finger does not touch the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, and the touch indicator cluster 1205 does not appear.
  • the user's finger touches the side area 303/503 of the first interface 310/510, but the touch position is located at the upper edge and/or lower edge of the side area 303/503, that is, the touch is invalid.
  • the touch identification cluster 1205 still does not appear, where the user's operation at the invalid touch area Li1 and/or Li2 can be detected by the terminal and judged as an invalid operation, or the terminal does not detect this area Any touch and other related operations inside.
  • the user's finger touches the side area 303/503, the touch point is located in the middle part of the side area 303/503, that is, on the effective touch area Lv, the touch identification cluster 1205 appears in the side area On 303/503.
  • the touch point cluster 1205 After the touch point cluster 1205 appears, if the terminal does not further detect the interactive operation in the hot zone of the touch mark cluster 1205 within a predetermined time, the touch point cluster 1205 will no longer be displayed, that is, the touch point as shown in Figure 12c The cluster 1205 is hidden again on the side area 303/503.
  • the aforementioned predetermined time can be set to, for example, 1.5s or 2s or 3s, etc., when the user touches the effective touch area Lv of the side area 303/503 and causes the touch marks to cluster
  • the touch point cluster 1205 is hidden again. In another embodiment of FIG.
  • the terminal detects a click or touch operation on the effective touch area Lv of the side display area 303/503, or double-clicks or slides up a certain distance on the effective touch area Lv
  • the touch identification cluster 1205 will be displayed only after operation. By setting more complicated operation gestures to display the cluster, it is possible to avoid the frequent display and hiding of the touch point cluster 1205 caused by the wrong operation of clicking or touching.
  • the effective touch area Lv and the invalid touch area Li1 and/or Li2 it can also prevent the user from performing other operations on the front area 306/506 of the first interface 310/510.
  • the accidental touch of the area 303/503 for example, when the user holds the terminal with his left hand and manipulates an application icon on the first interface 310/510 with the thumb of the left hand, the mouth of the thumb easily touches the lower position of the side area 303/503.
  • the touch identification cluster 1205 will not be displayed, so the appearance of the cluster can prevent the user from interfering with the current operation of the user.
  • the "invalid touch area” Li and the “effective touch area” Lv in the embodiments of the present application are two relative concepts, which are set on the total length L of the side area 303/503, where the "invalid touch area” "Li and/or “Effective Touch Area” Lv can be the area predefined by the system or the area defined by the user.
  • the approximate areas of Li1, Li2 and Lv are as follows As shown in the figure.
  • the "hot zone” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can also be defined as an area in the effective touch area Lv, that is, when the user touches the effective touch area Lv to make the touch mark cluster appear in the side display area .
  • the user's subsequent operations on the cluster such as sliding to switch touch icons, clicking touch icons, etc., also need to be performed in the effective touch area Lv, that is, in the hot zone, otherwise it is considered as an invalid touch.
  • the various embodiments provided in this application can be applied to scenarios where the display screen of a smart terminal is in a horizontal screen, a vertical screen, or a rest screen or a bright screen.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13a shows a landscape scene of the smart terminal.
  • the user is reading a file or watching a video in the landscape mode.
  • the horizontal length of the first interface 1310 displayed on the display screen is greater than the vertical length, that is, when the user normally views
  • the length of the interface in the left and right direction is greater than the length in the up and down direction.
  • the left and right direction of the interface is equivalent to the horizontal direction of the terminal.
  • the direction is equivalent to the vertical direction of the terminal.
  • a banner 1311 pops up on the screen, as shown in Figure 13b.
  • the top area 1302 of the first interface 1310 displays the banner 1311
  • the bottom area 1307 or the side area 1303L or 1303R of the first interface 1310 displays the corresponding touch points 1305 for the user to quickly process The content of the notification.
  • the smart terminal detects the operation at the touch point 1305, for example, when it detects an upward swipe, it can hide the banner 1311, or when it detects other operations, it can view or split the screen of the application interface corresponding to the notification. Such an operation is The foregoing embodiments have been described extensively, and will not be repeated here.
  • the touch points 1305 are simultaneously displayed in the side areas 1303L and 1303R, so that the user can operate the new notification from the left side or the right side without switching the operation side, thereby saving operation time.
  • the touch point 1305 is displayed in the bottom area 1307 of the first interface, so that the user can operate from the bottom to view, ignore, or split the screen of the notification corresponding to the content. Similarly, the specific details will not be repeated here. operate.
  • Figure 13d shows the landscape scene of the smart large-screen terminal.
  • the user holds the tablet and watches the video in the landscape mode.
  • the screen The banner 1311b pops up.
  • the top area 1302b of the first interface 1310b displays the banner 1311b
  • the bottom area 1307b and/or the left area 1303bL and/or the right area 1303bR of the first interface 1310b displays the corresponding touch Point 1305b, so that the user can quickly process the content of the notification.
  • the smart terminal detects the operation at the touch point 1305b, for example, when it detects an upward swipe, the banner 1311b can be hidden, or when other operations are detected, it can view or split the screen of the notification corresponding application interface. Such operations are The foregoing embodiments have been described extensively, and will not be repeated here.
  • the touch points 1305b are simultaneously displayed on the bottom area 1307b, the left area 1303bL, and the right area 1303bR of the first interface 1310b, so that the user can view from either side of the left, right, or bottom. Operate the touch point to display/process the content of the notification. It should be understood that, in the smart large-screen terminal scenario, the touch point may also be displayed in only one place, or the display area of the touch point may be determined according to the position of the user's operating finger. The determination of the touch point and the display area of the touch icon according to the user's historical operation position or the wrong touch position has been described in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
  • the touch logo that appears in the side area corresponding to the new notification or is displayed on the side in response to a trigger operation.
  • the touch marker clusters in the side area can be displayed on the left and right areas of the vertical screen at the same time, so that the user can selectively operate the touch markers or clusters from the left or right.
  • the touch logo When the terminal is in a horizontal screen scenario, if a pop-up frame or banner that does not display new notifications is set, the touch logo will also not be displayed, so as not to disturb the user's horizontal screen viewing state.
  • the system when the smart terminal is in the horizontal screen state, the system can be automatically closed or pre-defined to close the touch logo In the same way, the system can also automatically close or pre-define the display of icons to close the display of the touch identification cluster. It should also be understood that the user can set whether to turn off the display of the touch logo cluster or the newly notified touch logo for more scenes. In a landscape scene, the user may not want to be disturbed by the touch logo when playing games or watching videos.
  • the display of the touch logo is turned off, and when the screen is on, the user may not want to display any reminders related to new notifications, such as not displaying banners and any touch logos, so as to prevent the terminal touch screen from being frequently clicked.
  • the setting of not displaying the banner and any touch logo is not limited to the scene of the screen, and the user can perform the same DND setting for other scenes.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14a shows that the smart terminal receives a new notification and displays the logo 1405 when the screen is off.
  • the touch screen 1401 of the smart terminal has a top display area 1402, a bottom display area 1407, a side display area 1403, and a front display area 1406, where When the user holds the smart terminal in a normal direction, the top display area 1402 is at the upper part of the display screen 1401 and abuts against the upper edge of the display screen 1401; the bottom display area 1407 is at the lower part of the display screen 1401 and abuts against the upper edge of the display screen 1401 The bottom edge; the side display area 1403 includes the left and right sides, respectively on the left and right sides of the display 1401 and abuts against the left and right edges of the display 1401; the front display area 1406 is the display The main display area of the screen 1401 can also be understood as the middle area of the display screen
  • the front display area 1406 can be defined as the area in the middle of the display screen 1401, or it can be defined as one or more edges closer to the display screen 1401, where the front display area 1406 is not the same as the four edges of the display screen 1401. Leaning against.
  • the top display area 1402 is an area that usually requires the user to move a finger to touch
  • the bottom display area 1407 and part of the side display area 1403 are areas that the user usually does not need to move the finger to touch.
  • the top display area 1402, the bottom display area 1407, the side display area 1403, and the front display area 1406 respectively correspond to the top area, the bottom area, and the side area of the first interface in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the front area For example, in the foregoing embodiment, the top area of the first interface can be displayed on the top display area 1402, the bottom area of the first interface can be displayed on the bottom display area 1407, and the side area of the first interface can be displayed on the side.
  • the side display area 1403 and the front area of the first interface can be displayed on the front display area 1406.
  • the above-mentioned area division of the touch display screen 1401 is to describe the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and does not substantially cut or distinguish different areas of the touch display screen 1401.
  • the touch display screen 1401 can also be divided into regions different from the above, which should not be used as a limitation to the present application.
  • the system is set to not display the banner or pop-up frame but display the corresponding touch logo when there is a new notification, as shown in Figure 14a
  • the terminal receives a new notification, it will only display the area on the side of the screen interface.
  • a touch logo such as a touch point 1405, is displayed on 1403 as an interface element for processing the new notification content.
  • the touch logo 1405 corresponding to the notification pushed to the terminal is displayed on the side display area 1403 for a period of time and then hidden, for example, after being displayed for 5 seconds, as shown in Figure 14b Show.
  • the touch logo 1405 will automatically be displayed on the side display area 1403, as shown in Figure 14c As shown, for users to quickly process new notifications.
  • the touch logo 1405 When the user sees the touch logo 1405 corresponding to the new notification, for example, the user observes that the touch logo 1405 is a small short message icon, and the user wants to process the new short message immediately, then after the user unlocks it immediately , Only the touch logo 1405 is displayed on the side display area 1403 for the user to quickly process the new short message, even as shown in the signal bar, there are more applications including unread notifications, and the corresponding touch logo is this It no longer appears on the side. As shown in Figure 14c, the user can open the application interface of the short message by clicking the touch mark 1405 after unlocking.
  • the electronic device can also receive a new notification when the screen is off, but does not display the side logo, that is, it does not go through Figure 14a before Figure 14b, but keeps the screen off.
  • the electronic device When the device receives a new notification, there may be a bell reminder, a vibration reminder, or a breathing light reminder. Based on these reminders of the new notification, the user unlocks the electronic device within a certain period of time, for example, within 2s, and the logo corresponding to the new notification appears automatically On the side, for the user to handle the content of the new notification.
  • the touch identification cluster 1407 including the new notification identification 1405 will be automatically displayed on the side display area 1403 , As shown in Figure 14d, for users to quickly process unread notifications.
  • a cluster of touch marks including the touch mark 1405 is displayed on the side display area 1403, as shown in FIG. 14e.
  • the touch logo corresponding to the notification received after the screen is closed will always be displayed in the side display area 1403, and will form a touch in the side display area 1403 as the terminal receives multiple notifications.
  • the control mark set is different from the aforementioned touch mark cluster.
  • the touch mark set accumulated in the side display area 1403 after the screen is closed may only include the touch mark corresponding to the new notification received by the terminal after the screen is closed.
  • the set of touch indicators disappears.
  • the touch mark corresponding to the notification received after the screen is closed will always be displayed, but it will be replaced by the touch mark corresponding to the new notification received. Therefore, if the terminal receives the touch after the screen is closed Until the new notification, a touch logo will always be displayed in the side area, even if the touch logo may correspond to different new notifications at different times.
  • the cluster of touch marks is displayed on the side display area 1403, as shown in FIG. 14e, if there is no subsequent operation, It disappears after displaying for a period of time, where the first operation can be a touch and lift operation, and the display or disappearance of the touch logo cluster can be gradual, for example, move the touch logos in the cluster from bottom to bottom. Display it from top to top, or make the touch marks in the cluster disappear from bottom to top.
  • the display of the touch identification cluster follows the operating position of the first operation.
  • the touch identification cluster is displayed at 0 ⁇ 2cm above the operating position, then when the user is in the side display area
  • the touch marker clusters are displayed in different areas and change according to the user's operating position, which can bring a light effect to the user that the light spot absorbs the user's finger .
  • the user can also trigger the cluster display in the left display area or the right display area respectively. It should be understood that since the notifications corresponding to the touch identification cluster have not been processed, these notifications are still kept in the notification center.
  • the side display area 1403 can display the touch identification cluster 1407 and prompt the user to unlock the terminal, as shown in FIG. 14f, where the touch The control identification cluster 1407 includes all touch identifications reserved on the side of the terminal.
  • the second operation may be an operation of long pressing for 2 seconds or double clicking on the side display area 1403. Since the touch identification cluster 1407 includes all unprocessed notifications received by the smart terminal before and after the screen and remaining in the side display area 1403, the touch identification cluster 1407 can be updated and displayed according to the aforementioned ordering method, or according to Other methods are updated and displayed.
  • the user After the user unlocks the terminal according to the prompt, he can interact with the touch identification cluster 1407 as in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the unlocking operation of the smart terminal is a conventional setting, and the interaction with the touch point cluster 1407 after unlocking is the same as or similar to the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here. If the unlocking fails, or the terminal does not subsequently detect further operations on the cluster on the side area 303/503, the cluster disappears again after a predetermined period of time, for example, 3s, or the cluster disappears as the terminal goes off the screen .
  • the user can also set: when the terminal is off the screen, the interactive operation feedback with the cluster is turned off, so as to prevent the user from frequently touching the side display area by mistake and triggering the side cluster display and interaction.
  • the terminal in response to the terminal being unlocked, can determine whether it has received the above-mentioned "very important", “important” or new notification with a priority higher than a threshold during the screen rest period. If the determination is yes, Then, the identifications corresponding to these “very important”, “important” or new notifications with a priority higher than a threshold are automatically displayed on the unlocking interface to prompt the user to view and/or process the new notifications through interaction with the touch identification cluster.
  • the interaction with the touch identification cluster can refer to the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives a new notification in the off-screen state, it may only display the corresponding touch logo 1405 in the side display area 1403 as shown in FIG.
  • the logo related to the new notification such as a floating frame or banner (not shown).
  • the foregoing embodiments of the present application can be applied to the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1, such as a smart terminal, where the software system of the terminal can adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a microkernel architecture, a microservice architecture, or a cloud Architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplarily illustrate the software structure of the electronic device 100.
  • FIG. 15 is a software structure block diagram of the electronic device 100 shown in FIG. 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Communication between layers through software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom, the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, short message, etc.
  • the application framework layer may also include SystemUI, which is used to display and interactively display notifications received by the smart terminal.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
  • the application framework layer may further include a side logo manager and a side touch manager.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, take a screenshot, etc.
  • the content provider is used to store and retrieve data and make these data accessible to applications.
  • the data may include video, image, audio, phone calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls that display text, controls that display pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface that includes a short message notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and it can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify download completion, message reminders, and so on.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or a scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • prompt text information in the status bar sound a prompt sound, electronic device vibration, flashing indicator light, etc.
  • the side logo manager is responsible for managing the side logos that appear in the side area, such as the controls of the side logo, the correspondence between each side logo and the application, and the data of each side logo.
  • the side logo manager is also responsible for This side identifies the display of the control and the display after interacting with the user.
  • the side mark manager may also be a part of the view system.
  • the side touch manager is used to identify the touch operation at the side area of the smart terminal, and in response to the corresponding touch operation, send a corresponding signal to the side logo manager to trigger the window manager to display the side logo control, Or trigger SystemUI to display content associated with the notification, such as the relevant interface of the application, the banner of the notification, and so on.
  • Android Runtime (ie Android Runtime) includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library consists of two parts: one part is the function function that the java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in a virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), three-dimensional graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), two-dimensional graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides a combination of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the two-dimensional graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the side identification control may be referred to as a time point control, which is used to display the touch identification and the touch identification cluster in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the following further describes the time point control as an example in conjunction with the message sequence diagram of the method for displaying notifications shown in FIG. 16, where each time point corresponds to a touch indicator, and the touch indicator cluster corresponds to the time point cluster.
  • each time point includes a touch icon and a card data/information, where the touch icon corresponds to an application icon, and the card data/information corresponds to a notification or application option of the application.
  • the data/information of the touch icon and the card can be customized by the application.
  • Figure 16a shows a schematic diagram of the time point management flow when a new notification arrives.
  • Figure 16b shows a schematic diagram of the process of pulling down a banner through a time point.
  • Figure 16c shows a schematic diagram of the process of interacting with the time point cluster.
  • the notification manager when the notification manager receives a new notification, it will initialize the time point corresponding to the notification, and use the RemoteView function to complete the initialization of the time point, such as the initialization of the touch icon corresponding to the time point. At the same time, it can also be completed Initialization of the card data/information corresponding to the new notification. Then the notification manager can call the interface of the time point manager to transfer the new time point information to the time point manager, where the time point information may be the new notification and/or the content associated with the new notification, etc. . The time point manager then calls the window manager to display the time point control in the side area of the first interface.
  • the time point control includes the time point corresponding to the new notification, and the time point is used to receive operations to check
  • the new notification is processed, for example: deleting the new notification, viewing the content of the new notification (such as a card), processing the new notification content in the background, opening an application, and so on.
  • the timepoint manager further invokes the SystemUI of the application layer to display the above-mentioned notification-related interface.
  • the unprocessed time point information can be saved in the time point manager, so that the user can subsequently call the time point information through operations in the side area.
  • the user can pull down the banner by operating at the time point.
  • the terminal receives a new notification, it displays the banner of the new notification in the top area through SystemUI, and enables touch in the side area.
  • the side touch manager recognizes a related operation in the side area, for example, a sliding operation to the time point is recognized, the side touch manager notifies SystemUI to trigger the display of a drop-down banner.
  • SystemUI pulls down the banner of the new notification from the top area to a predetermined first area, and the first area is preferably away from the top area to facilitate the user to perform related operations on the pulled down banner to process the new notification.
  • the terminal when the terminal receives a new notification of the Alipay application, it will trigger SystemUI to display the banner of the new notification in the top area, and notify the window manager to display the time point control on the side of the first interface. The place shows the time point related to the Alipay application. If the side touch manager recognizes the pull-down operation at that point in time, it triggers SystemUI to display the pull-down banner.
  • the time point manager receives the time point information to manage the time point data.
  • the operation of the user in the side area can trigger the display of the time point cluster.
  • the side touch manager recognizes the trigger gesture/operation on the time point control, and then notifies the time point management To trigger the display of all time points in the time point cluster.
  • the time point manager initializes the time point control by obtaining the saved time point information of each application and the information/data of the instant light point cluster, and calls the window manager to display the time point control.
  • the window manager is called to display the time point control on the side area, that is, the time point cluster is displayed.
  • the time point manager In response to the user's interactive operation on the time point cluster, the time point manager further calls the SystemUI of the application layer to display the notification-related interface accordingly, for example, the card data/information corresponding to a certain time point, and a certain time point. Tap the corresponding application program interface, or related split-screen interface, and so on.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flowchart of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the method includes:
  • Step 1701 Display the first interface in the first area of the display screen.
  • the first interface includes a top area and a side area.
  • the top area and the side area are respectively located on the top and both sides of the first interface, where the side The side area and the top area are adjacent or partially overlapped.
  • the first interface is a complete display interface displayed on the touch display screen of the electronic device.
  • the first interface may be a desktop including a notification bar/signal bar portion displayed on the display screen of the terminal, or may be an interface of one or more applications (including or not including the notification bar/signal bar portion),
  • the system setting interface, WeChat chat interface, Alipay payment code interface, etc. can also be the split screen display interface of the above interface, such as the split screen display interface of WeChat application and desktop, or negative one screen, widget widget, Smart desktop assistants, or controls, etc.
  • Step 1703 The electronic device receives a new first notification, such as a short message notification.
  • Step 1705 In response to the first notification received by the electronic device, a first floating frame is displayed in the top area of the first interface, the content of the first notification is displayed in the first floating frame, and the first floating frame covers the first interface At least part of the top area.
  • the short message notification may be displayed on the top area of the first interface 310 in the form of a banner or a bullet frame 311 in FIG. 3b, for example.
  • the banner or bullet frame 311 displays at least a part of the content of the short message notification
  • the banner or bullet frame 311 covers a part of the top area 302 of the first interface 310.
  • the banner or the bullet frame 1111 may also have function keys 1101 and 1102.
  • Step 1707 in response to the first notification received by the electronic device, further display a first touch logo on the side area of the first interface, the first touch logo covering a part of the first interface on the side area and comparing The first floating frame is far away from the top area.
  • the first touch identifier is used to receive an operation to process the first notification.
  • the first touch mark may be, for example, a touch light spot, a touch halo, or a touch icon on the side area.
  • the light spot, halo or icon may be associated with the aforementioned new notification, for example, associated with the new short message notification.
  • a touch light spot 305 is displayed on the side area 303 of the first interface 310 to prompt the user to operate on the hot zone 304 of the light spot 305.
  • the area displayed by the light spot 305 is farther from the top area 302 of the first interface 310 than the area displayed by the banner or bullet frame 311, or closer to the bottom area 307 of the first interface 310, and the light spot 305 only covers the first interface 310.
  • banners or pop-up frames appear in the top display area of the display screen, which is inconvenient for the user to operate with one hand, or requires the user's fingers to move relatively large to operate.
  • the embodiment of the present application can be on the side of the display screen.
  • the display area provides touch points or touch icons for quick notification processing, without the user having to move the finger up and down significantly.
  • the touch points and touch icons are only displayed on a small part of the display area on the side of the display. Will not cause interference or obstruction to the content of other display areas on the display.
  • the display screen may be a curved screen.
  • the side area displayed by the touch points may be displayed in the curved display area 503 of the curved screen, so that while facilitating user operations, It also expands the application scenarios of the curved display area.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not impose any limitation on the operation mode in the hot zone of the touch light spot 305. It can be seen from the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 that the user's operation of the light spot 305 can realize rapid processing of new notifications, or rapid processing of the content displayed in the banner or bullet box 311, for example, open a short message application and display the short message (Figure 3c), remove the display of the banner or pop-up box 311 (Figure 3d), open the reply window corresponding to the SMS notification (Figure 3e), or split the screen to display the first interface and the interface of the SMS application ( Figure 3f) . This has been described in detail above, so I won’t repeat it here.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the method includes the method shown in FIG. 17, that is, steps 1701, 1703, 1705, and 1707 are included, and the method shown in FIG. 18 is executed at A shown in FIG. 17, and the display of the electronic device
  • the screen In addition to displaying the first interface, the screen also displays the first floating frame and the first touch logo corresponding to the new notification, which cover a part of the first interface, and the first touch logo is farther away than the first floating frame.
  • the top area of the first interface includes the following steps after A:
  • Step 1801 Detect an operation on the first touch mark or an operation on the first floating frame.
  • the operation can be to process the new notification or ignore the new notification.
  • step 1803 is performed.
  • step 1803 the electronic device does not detect the operation on the first touch mark, nor the operation on the first floating frame.
  • the first touch mark and the first floating frame The frame disappears from the first interface. Since no operation on the new notification is detected, the new notification is added to the notification center, and the first touch logo is added to the touch logo cluster in the side area and hidden on the side area.
  • Step 1805 The corresponding operation on the side area is detected. Specifically, it may be that a touch or click trigger operation on the side area is detected.
  • Step 1807 In response to the aforementioned triggering operation on the side area, display a cluster of touch marks on the side area, and the cluster of touch marks covers a part of the first interface in the side area.
  • the touch identification cluster includes one or more touch identifications
  • the first dynamic touch identification of the one or more touch identifications corresponds to one or more notifications received by the electronic device
  • the first dynamic touch identification The control identifier is used for receiving operations to process one or more notifications, where the one or more notifications include the first notification in the method shown in FIG. 17.
  • the first dynamic touch identification and the above-mentioned first touch identification may be the same or different.
  • the touch identification cluster may also include a first fixed touch identification, which corresponds to one or more application options of the application on the electronic device, and the application option may be an application preset Or user-defined.
  • a touch icon cluster 605 or 700b is displayed on the side area 303/503.
  • the display area of the cluster 605 can be fixed or dynamically changed.
  • the bottom of the display area of the cluster 605 can be within a predetermined distance above the user's trigger operation position, so each time the cluster 605 displays The area of can be different, and after it is displayed, it is a fixed area for users to interact with the cluster.
  • the display area of the cluster 605 may also be fixed all the time, and it does not dynamically change with the user's operating position. The operation and interaction of the user have been described in detail above in conjunction with FIG. 6 and FIG. 8, which will not be repeated here.
  • the user can operate the touch icons in the cluster to process the recently unread notifications, or View predefined application options, such as WeChat unread messages, calendar events, Alipay payment codes, etc.
  • the user performs continuous operations in the area where the touch icon cluster 700b or 800b is displayed, and the touch icon can be enlarged and displayed to find the application of interest, and by clicking on the enlarged touch icon Further operations to process the content contained in the unread notification of the application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic flowchart of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the method includes the method shown in FIG. 17, that is, steps 1701, 1703, 1705, and 1707 are included, and the method shown in FIG. 19 is executed at A shown in FIG. 17, and the display of the electronic device
  • the screen In addition to displaying the first interface, the screen also displays the first floating frame and the first touch logo corresponding to the new notification, which cover a part of the first interface, and the first touch logo is farther away than the first floating frame.
  • the top area of the first interface includes the following steps after A:
  • Step 1901 A related operation on the above-mentioned first touch mark is detected. Specifically, a sliding operation on the first touch mark is detected.
  • Step 1903 In response to the sliding operation, the first floating frame is moved to the first area of the first interface, and the moved first floating frame covers the part of the first interface in the first area. Wherein, the first area is below the top area.
  • the user performs an operation such as sliding down on the side area 303/503.
  • the sliding down operation is only an implementation of the embodiment of the present application, and should not be used as any reference to the present application. limit.
  • the banner or bullet frame 1111 is pulled down from the top area to the first area 1106, as shown in FIG. 11b.
  • the display area of the banner or bullet frame 1111 after being pulled down is far away from the top area 302 of the first interface, or closer to the bottom of the first interface Area 307.
  • the banner or pop-up frame 1111 when the user holds the terminal vertically, the banner or pop-up frame 1111 after pulling down covers the first area 1106 of the first interface, that is, the middle display part of the display screen, which is larger than the top display part.
  • the display part near the bottom of the display screen is also closer to the user's finger operation area, thereby facilitating the user's subsequent processing of the banner or bullet frame 1111.
  • the banner or bullet frame 1111 is pulled down to the middle display part of the display screen. This is not a limitation of the application. In other embodiments of the application, the banner or bullet frame 1111 can be Scroll down to any part of the display that is closer to the bottom than the top.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of a method for displaying notifications according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the method shown in Figure 20 includes the following steps:
  • Step 2001 Display the first interface in the first area of the display screen.
  • the first interface includes a top area and a side area.
  • step 2003 the first operation on the side area is detected. Specifically, it may be that a touch or click trigger operation on the side area is detected.
  • Step 2005 Determine the display area of the touch marker cluster on the side area according to the operating position of the first operation on the side area. Specifically, when the first interface is in the direction of viewing the first interface normally, the display area determined by the touch marker cluster on the side area should be a preset height higher than the operating position of the first operation, As shown in Figures 6c and 6d,
  • Step 2007 Display a cluster of touch markers in the display area, where the cluster of touch markers includes one or more touch markers, the first touch marker corresponds to one or more notifications, and the first touch marker
  • the identifier is used to receive operations to process the one or more notifications.
  • the bottom end of the display area of the touch identification cluster is higher than the operating position of the first operation of the user by a preset height, wherein the operating position is determined according to the starting point, ending point, or middle point of the first operation.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a module structure of an electronic device for displaying notifications provided by this application.
  • the system 2100 can execute the method for displaying notifications provided in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the system 2100 includes the following modules:
  • Gesture recognition module 2110 used to recognize the user's operation on the display screen, and specifically used to recognize whether the operation on the side display area of the display screen meets a preset threshold or trigger value, where the user's operation includes but is not limited to The first operation to the eighth operation in the above embodiment.
  • the gesture recognition module 2110 can be replaced by other input signal modules, or together with other input signal modules to determine whether the operation meets a preset trigger value, such as a voice recognition module, a fingerprint recognition module, and a human face. Identification module, etc.
  • Side display module 2120 used to display touch marks and touch mark clusters on the side display area of the display screen.
  • the side display module 2120 may display a cluster of touch marks on the side display area, such as a touch light spot, a touch halo, or a cluster of touch icons.
  • the side display module 2120 may display an interactive animation with the touch markers in the touch marker cluster on the side display area, such as an animation of zooming in, moving, or a combination thereof.
  • the side display module 2120 may also adjust the display position/area of the touch marker cluster on the side display area based on the related operation detected by the gesture recognition module 2110.
  • Notification management module 2130 used to manage new notifications pushed to the smart terminal, and further manage the notification list of the notification center based on whether the new notification is processed, and the notification list corresponding to the touch identification in the touch identification cluster, specifically It includes the management of updates, additions, deletions, etc. of the above notification list;
  • Content display module 2140 used to display notification content or preset application options corresponding to the touch identification. Specifically, after the user interacts with the touch mark or the touch mark cluster, based on the related operation detected by the gesture recognition module 2110, the content display module 2140 may display the content of the notification when there is a new push notification, such as a short message reply The window, or may display the content detail card or application option detail card corresponding to the interacting touch sign when interacting with the touch sign cluster, such as a short message notification card or an Alipay payment code card.
  • the first display module 2150 used to display an interface related to notifications. Specifically, when the electronic device receives a new notification, the first display module 2150 displays a banner or a pop-up frame related to the new notification in the top display area of the display screen, wherein at least part of the content of the notification is displayed. The first display module 2150 is also based on the related operations detected by the gesture recognition module 2110. If the operation on the touch logo or the detail card meets the preset threshold or trigger value, the first display module 2150 displays the touch logo or the detail card. The application interface or split-screen interface corresponding to the card.
  • the notification management module 2130 manages the notification, and triggers the first display module to display a banner or a pop-up frame corresponding to the notification in the top display area of the display screen .
  • the side display module 2120 displays a touch logo, such as a light spot, a halo, or a small application icon corresponding to the notification.
  • the gesture recognition module 2110 detects that the operation on the touch mark has met the preset threshold or trigger value, it triggers the first display module or the content display module 2140 accordingly to display the content of the notification, for example, display its corresponding Application program interface or split screen interface, or display the operation window of the application program.
  • the side display module 2120 displays the touch indicators corresponding to these notifications or messages in chronological order in the background. Sort, and when the gesture recognition module 2110 detects that there is a trigger operation that meets the threshold in the side display area, the touch marker cluster is displayed at a predetermined position on the side display area, which corresponds to one or more unprocessed notifications above .
  • the side display module 2120 correspondingly displays the interactive animation of the touch marker cluster with the touch marker, for example, displays the cluster or part of the touch marker in the first size Mark, display the cluster or part of the touch mark of the second size, move the cluster or part of the touch mark a first distance, move the cluster or part of the touch mark a second distance, etc.
  • the gesture recognition module 2110 further detects and recognizes an interactive operation for a certain touch mark in the touch mark cluster, it can call the content display module 2140 or the first display module 2150 to display a detailed card corresponding to the touch mark or the The application program interface corresponding to the touch mark.
  • the notification management module 2130 manages the notification and triggers the first display module to display a banner or pop-up corresponding to the notification in the top display area of the display screen. frame.
  • the side display module 2120 displays a touch logo, such as a light spot, a halo, or a small application icon corresponding to the notification.
  • the gesture recognition module 2110 detects that the operation on the touch mark has met the preset threshold or trigger value, it triggers the first display module 2150 to display an animation in which the banner or pop-up frame is pulled down to the predetermined display area of the display screen.
  • the function keys attached to the banner or pop-up box can be adjusted according to the recognition of the gesture recognition module 2110, for example, it is recognized that a user operation has occurred
  • the function keys on the banner or pop-up frame are displayed on the lower right side of the banner or pop-up frame.
  • the function keys on the pop-up frame are displayed on the lower left side of the banner or pop-up frame to facilitate the continuous operation of the user.
  • This application provides a computer program product containing instructions, which when the computer program product runs on a terminal, causes the terminal to execute the steps in the method for quickly processing notifications provided in the embodiments of this application.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including instructions, which when run on a terminal, cause the terminal to execute the steps in a method for quickly processing notifications provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in hardware, or in hardware and software. When implemented by hardware and software, the above functions can be stored in a computer-readable medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, and the computer software products are stored in a storage
  • the medium includes several instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) or a processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: flash memory, mobile hard disk, read-only memory, random access memory, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

一种显示通知的方法和电子设备。其中，显示通知的方法用于具有曲面屏的电子设备，该曲面屏具有平坦显示区域和从平坦显示区域的侧边缘延伸的曲面显示区域，平坦显示区域上显示第一应用程序的第一图标，该方法包括：响应于电子设备接收到第一应用程序的第一通知，在平坦显示区域显示第一横幅，第一横幅内显示第一通知的第一内容；在曲面显示区域显示第一标识，第一标识用于接收操作以对第一通知进行处理；以及在平坦显示区域的第一图标上显示第二标识。该方法可以实现对通知的内容的快捷处理。

Description

一种显示通知的方法和终端
本申请要求在2020年6月16日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202010549282.6的中国专利申请的优先权，发明名称为“一种显示通知的方法和终端”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及终端技术领域，特别是涉及一种显示通知的方法和终端。
背景技术
随着智能终端的发展，例如手机、平板电脑、智能穿戴、智能家居等等，衍生出越来越多的适合不同场景、用户，并提供各式各样功能的应用(也可称为APK，APP或application)，如网易、腾讯等新闻软件；微信、Whatsapp等社交软件；淘宝、京东等购物软件；以及其他与工作、娱乐、出行、学习等等相关的软件在终端上的应用。
通常，这些应用会向终端用户推送或发送特定的内容，如通知，并在终端显示屏上显示。具体来说，新闻类应用向用户推送热点新闻、购物类应用向用户推送优惠信息、社交类应用向用户推送即时消息，等等。用户在终端收到的推送通知通常以横幅或弹框的形式出现在终端显示屏的最上方，因此不会对其他操作区域(如屏幕的中间或下方)产生遮挡，如图2a所示。而这些推送中未经用户及时处理的通知或消息，可以以缩小的图标形式保留在终端显示屏的顶部信号栏，以便用户后续查看，如图2b所示。
当用户需要处理推送通知，例如查看、忽略、删除消息或通知时，不管是对于单手持握还是双手持握的终端，用户都需要将手指移至显示屏的顶部及附近，以对横幅、弹框或信号栏进行操作。快速处理这些推送通知或未读信息能够进一步提升终端用户的操作体验。
发明内容
本申请提供一种显示通知的方法和终端，该方法可以快速地对通知进行处理，例如查看或删除等，从而提升用户的操作体验。
第一方面，本申请提供了一种显示通知的方法，用于具有曲面屏的电子设备，所述曲面屏具有平坦显示区域和从所述平坦显示区域的侧边缘延伸的曲面显示区域，所述平坦显示区域上显示第一应用程序的第一图标，所述方法包括：响应于所述电子设备接收到所述第一应用程序的第一通知，在所述平坦显示区域显示第一横幅，所述第一横幅内显示所述第一通知的第一内容；在所述曲面显示区域显示第一标识，所述第一标识用于接收操作以对所述第一通知进行处理；以及在 所述平坦显示区域的所述第一图标上显示第二标识。在曲面显示区域显示第一标识以用于处理通知，可以拓展曲面屏在曲面显示区域的应用，并方便用户操作。
根据第一方面，在第一方面的第一实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：在所述第一曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识的第一预定时间内，如果没有检测到在所述第一横幅或所述第一标识或所述第一图标上的操作，当所述第一标识的显示达到所述第一预定时间时，所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上自动消失。未检测到对第一通知的任何处理操作，则在预定时间后，恢复显示屏上的显示界面，避免对其显示的界面造成遮挡或干扰。
根据第一方面的第一实现方式，在第一方面的第二实现方式中，在所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上消失后，所述方法进一步包括：响应于所述电子设备接收到第二应用程序的第二通知，所述第二应用程序不同于所述第一应用程序，在所述平坦显示区域显示第二横幅，所述第二横幅内显示所述第二通知的内容；以及在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识，用于接收操作以对所述第二通知进行处理。该第一标识可以作为在侧边区域上显示的唯一接口元素，用于接收操作以对电子设备收到的通知进行处理。每当电子设备接收到新的通知时，显示并该第一标识并接收操作以对该新通知进行处理。有利的是，由于每次出现的触控标识相同，用户可以根据惯性对新通知进行处理。
根据第一方面的第一实现方式，在第一方面的第三实现方式中，在所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上消失后，所述方法进一步包括：响应于所述电子设备接收到第三应用程序的第三通知，所述第三应用程序不同于所述第一应用程序，在所述平坦显示区域显示第三横幅，所述第三横幅内显示所述第三通知的内容；以及在所述曲面显示区域显示不同于所述第一标识的第三标识，用于接收操作以对所述第三通知进行处理。对不同应用程序的通知，在曲面显示区域显示不同的标识，从而可以区分新通知属于哪一个应用程序，且尤其当电子设备在短暂的时间内接收到不同应用程序的多个通知时，用户可以通过识别标识得知其对应的应用程序。
根据第一方面的第一实现方式，在第一方面的第四实现方式中，在所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上消失后，所述方法进一步包括：检测到在所述曲面显示区域上的第一操作；以及响应于所述第一操作，在所述曲面显示区域上显示所述第一标识。未处理的第一通知所对应的第一标识消失后，可以触发其再次显示于曲面显示区域上，方便用户对第一通知进行处理。
根据第一方面的第四实现方式，在第一方面的第五实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：根据所述第一操作在所述曲面显示区域上的操作位置，确定所述第一标识在所述曲面显示区域上的显示位置。第一标识可以跟随用户在曲面显示区域的操作而显示，避免用户误触碰。
根据第一方面的第五实现方式，在第一方面的第六实现方式中，所述显示位置在所述操作位置上方的第一高度处。每次触发第一标识的显示，其都显示于用户操作位置上方，这样可以避免用户误触碰，也方便用户快速定位第一标识以进 行操作。
根据第一方面的第四实现方式，在第一方面的第七实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：响应于所述第一操作，在所述曲面显示区域上还显示第四标识，所述第四标识用于打开第四应用程序的应用选项。在曲面显示区域的触发操作，可以显示多个标识，为用户提供多种便捷操作入口。
根据第一方面的第七实现方式，在第一方面的第八实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：检测到在所述第一标识上的第二操作；以及响应于所述第二操作，在所述平坦显示区域上显示第一卡片，所述第一卡片内显示所述第一通知的第二内容，其中，所述第二内容包括所述第一内容。
根据第一方面的第八实现方式，在第一方面的第九实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：检测到在所述曲面显示区域上的滑动操作；以及当所述滑动操作从所述第一标识滑动到所述第四标识时，在所述平坦显示区域上显示第四卡片，所述第四卡片内显示所述第四应用程序的所述应用选项。当用户手指在曲面显示区域上滑动时，可以查看不同标识所对应的卡片，从而处理通知或查看应用选项。
根据第一方面的第八实现方式，在第一方面的第十实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：检测到在所述第一卡片上的第三操作；以及响应于所述第三操作，打开第一应用程序。当用户查看第一卡片后需要回复通知时，可以通过在卡片上的第三操作，快速打开第一应用程序来回复，十分便捷。
根据第一方面的第八实现方式，在第一方面的第十一实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括，响应于所述第二操作，还至少触发以下步骤之一：放大显示所述第一标识；以及将所述第一标识向所述平坦显示区域的方向移动。通过放大显示和/或移动显示第一标识，可以防止用户误触碰到曲面显示区域上的其他标识。
根据第一方面的第四实现方式，在第一方面的第十二实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：响应于所述第一操作，在所述曲面显示区域上还显示第五标识，所述第五标识对应于第五应用程序，并且用于接收操作以对第五通知进行处理，其中，所述第一标识和所述第五标识在所述曲面显示区域上按照所述第一通知和所述第五通知收到的时间顺序显示。
根据第一方面的第四实现方式，在第一方面的第十三实现方式中，所述方法还包括：响应于所述电子设备接收到第六应用程序的第六通知，所述第一标识从所述曲面屏上消失；在所述平坦显示区域显示第六横幅，所述第六横幅内显示所述第六通知的内容；以及在所述曲面显示区域显示第六标识，所述第六标识对应于所述第六应用程序并用于接收操作以对所述第六通知进行处理。当用户正与标识进行交互时，电子设备收到新的通知，可选地，该新通知打断当前的交互，并在曲面显示区域单独显示与该新通知所对应的标识，以用于接收操作，来对新通知进行处理。
根据第一方面的第八实现方式，在第一方面的第十四实现方式中，所述方法还包括：响应于所述电子设备接收到第七应用程序的第七通知，在所述平坦显示区域显示第七横幅，所述第七横幅内显示所述第七通知的内容；在所述曲面显示 区域进一步显示第七标识，所述第七标识用于接收操作以对所述第七通知进行处理。当用户正与标识进行交互时，且尤其是，已打开标识对应的卡片时，电子设备收到新的通知，可选地，该新通知不打断当前的交互，仅在曲面显示区域上进一步显示与新通知对应的标识，提示用户对新通知进行处理。
根据第一方面的第十四实现方式，在第一方面的第十五实现方式中，在所述曲面显示区域进一步显示所述第七标识至少包括以下步骤之一：在所述曲面显示区域放大显示所述第七标识；在所述曲面显示区域闪烁显示所述第七标识；以及在所述曲面显示区域高亮显示所述第七标识。通过相较于其他标识来说，更加明显的提醒方式来显示该新通知的标识，有利于用户对该新通知进行快捷处理。
根据第一方面，在第一方面的第十六实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：检测到对所述第一标识的第四操作；以及响应于所述第四操作，打开所述第一应用程序。通过对第一标识的操作可以打开第一通知对应的程序，这个操作十分方便快捷。
根据第一方面，在第一方面的第十七实现方式中，所述方法进一步包括：检测到对所述第一标识的第五操作；以及响应于所述第五操作，显示所述第一通知的回复窗口。通过对第一标识的操作可以打开第一通知的回复窗口，这个操作十分方便快捷。
根据第一方面，在第一方面的第十八实现方式中，所述曲面显示区域包括从所述平坦显示区域的第一侧边缘延伸的第一曲面显示区域和从所述平坦显示区域的第二侧边缘延伸的第二曲面显示区域，所述第一曲面显示区域与所述第二曲面显示区域相对。
根据第一方面的第十八实现方式，在第一方面的第十九实现方式中，在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识包括：当用户左手握持所述电子设备时，在所述第一曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识；或当用户右手握持所述电子设备时，在所述第二曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识。根据用户的左右手握持场景，将第一标识显示于左侧或右侧，更加靠近用户的操作手指，使得对第一标识的操作更加方便。
根据第一方面的第十八实现方式，在第一方面的第二十实现方式中，在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识包括：在所述第一曲面显示区域与所述第二曲面显示区域同时显示所述第一标识。在两侧都显示该第一标识，便于用户随时在变换握持姿势时，都可以便捷的在第一标识上进行操作。
根据第一方面的第十八实现方式，在第一方面的第二十一实现方式中，所述电子设备为可折叠电子设备，所述曲面屏是折叠屏，当所述电子设备在折叠状态时，在所述第一曲面显示区域或所述第二曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识，当所述电子设备在展开状态时，在所述第一曲面显示区域与所述第二曲面显示区域同时显示所述第一标识。由于折叠屏在展开状态下具有更大面积的显示区域，因此适应性地将第一标识在展开屏幕的同时显示于屏幕的两侧，有利于在大屏场景下更加快捷的对通知进行处理。
根据第一方面，在第一方面的第二十二实现方式中，在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识包括：根据用户在所述曲面屏上操作的历史数据，确定所述第一标识在所述曲面显示区域上的显示位置；以及在所述显示位置显示所述第一标识。通过对用户操作的历史数据的判断，将第一标识显示于更靠近用户操作手指处，方便用户的惯性操作。
根据第一方面，在第一方面的第二十三实现方式中，所述第一应用程序尚未运行。有利的是，该第一通知被推送到电子设备时，曲面显示区域上显示第一标识以提醒用户可以在曲面对该第一通知进行快捷的操作，该方案不要求与该第一通知对应的第一应用程序是否运行状态，可以节省电子设备中程序运行的存储空间。
根据第一方面，在第一方面的第二十四实现方式中，所述第一标识包括点标识、条标识、和图标标识中的一种，其中，图标标识是对应于所述第一应用程序的图标。
根据第一方面的第四实现方式，在第一方面的第二十五实现方式中，所述曲面显示区域包括第一区域，所述第一区域用于接收所述第一操作并响应于所述第一操作显示所述第一标识。在曲面显示区域上的第一区域以外进行操作，不会出现操作反馈，即不显示第一标识。通过对第一区域，即触发操作的有效区域的设置，可以防止用户频繁误触碰。
第二方面，本申请提供了一种显示通知的方法，用于具有触摸显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：在所述触摸显示屏上显示第一界面，所述第一界面包括位于顶部的信号栏区域和与所述信号栏区域两端相邻的侧边区域，以及响应于所述电子设备接收到第一通知在第一位置显示第一标识，其中，所述第一标识用于接收操作以对所述第一通知进行处理，所述第一位置为根据用户在所述触摸显示屏上操作的历史数据确定的所述第一标识在所述侧边区域的显示位置。
第三方面，本申请提供了一种显示通知的方法，用于具有触摸显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：在所述触摸显示屏上显示第一界面，所述第一界面包括左侧区域和右侧区域；以及响应于所述电子设备接收到第一通知，当用户左手握持所述电子设备时，在所述左侧区域显示第一标识；当用户右手握持所述电子设备时，在所述右侧区域显示所述第一标识；其中，所述第一标识用于接收操作以对所述第一通知进行处理。
第四方面，本申请提供了一种显示通知的方法，用于具有触摸显示屏的电子设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：在所述触摸显示屏上显示第一界面，所述第一界面包括侧边区域；检测到在所述侧边区域上的第一操作；根据所述第一操作在所述侧边区域上的操作位置，确定第一标识和第二标识在所述侧边区域上的显示区域；以及响应于所述第一操作以及所述显示区域的确定，在所述显示区域显示所示第一标识和所示第二标识，其中，所述第一标识用于接收操作以处理所述电子设备的第一通知，所述第二标识用于接收操作以显示所述电子设备的第一应 用选项。
第五方面，本申请提供了一种显示通知的方法，用于具有触摸显示屏的电子设备，所述电子设备处于息屏状态，其特征在于，所述方法包括：所述电子设备在所述息屏状态下接收第一通知；响应于所述触摸显示屏上的解锁操作，在所述触摸显示屏上显示第一界面，所述第一界面包括侧边区域；以及响应于所述解锁操作，在所述侧边区域显示第一标识，其中，所述第一标识用于接收操作以对所述第一通知进行处理。
第六方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括一个或多个触摸显示屏，一个或多个存储器，一个或多个处理器；其中一个或多个储存器存储有一个或多个程序；其特征在于，当一个或多个处理器在执行一个或多个程序时，使得电子设备实现上述任一种实现方式中的的方法。实现上述任一种实现方式中的的方法这样，该终端可以快速地显示并处理通知，例如查看或删除通知或通知的内容，用户不需要大幅度移动手指即可处理特定的消息或通知等，因此可以提升用户的使用感受。
第七方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，其特征在于，当指令在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行如以上任意实现方式中的方法。
第八方面，本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行如以上任意实现方式中的方法。
第九方面，本申请提供了一种图形用户界面，用于具有曲面屏的电子设备，所述曲面屏具有平坦显示区域和从所述平坦显示区域的侧边缘延伸的曲面显示区域，其特征在于，所述图形用户界面包括：在所述平坦显示区域上显示第一应用程序的第一图标；响应于所述电子设备接收到的第一通知，在所述平坦显示区域显示第一横幅，所述第一横幅内显示所述第一通知的内容，并且在所述曲面显示区域显示第一标识；以及响应于与所述第一标识的交互，对所述第一通知进行处理。
根据第九方面，在第九方面的第一实现方式中，响应于在所述第一标识上的第一操作，打开所述第一应用程序。
第十方面，本申请提供了一种图形用户界面，用于具有曲面屏的电子设备，所述曲面屏具有平坦显示区域和从所述平坦显示区域的侧边缘延伸的曲面显示区域，其特征在于，所述图形用户界面包括：响应于在所述曲面显示区域的第一操作，在所述曲面显示区域上显示第一标识，所述第一标识对应于第一应用程序的第一通知；以及响应于与所述第一标识的交互，对所述第一通知进行处理，其中，所述第一标识在所述曲面显示区域上的显示位置由所述第一操作在所述曲面显示区域上的操作位置确定。
根据第十方面，在第十方面的第一实现方式中，响应于在所述第一标识上的第一操作，打开第一卡片，所述第一卡片上显示所述第一通知的内容。
附图说明
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图；
图2为现有技术提供的一种用户界面的示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种智能终端的示意图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图；
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构框图；
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的消息序列图；
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的流程示意图；
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的流程示意图；
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的流程示意图；
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的模块架构示意图；
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例进行说明。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的“第一”、“第二”等描述，是用于区分不同的消息、设备、模块、应用等，不代表先后顺序，也不限定“第一”和“第二”是不同的类型。“第一”、“第二”等描述也不限定数量，例如“第一应用”可以为一个“第一应用”，也可以为多个“第一应用”。
本申请实施例中的术语“A和/或B”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本申请实施例中字符"/",一般表示前后关联对象是一种"或"的关系。
多任务技术是指电子设备可以在同一时间内运行多个应用。其中，每个应用被称作一个任务。多任务技术具体可以体现为分屏技术和画中画(Picture-in-Picture，PIP)技术。分屏是指电子设备的显示屏的不同显示区域可显示不同应用的界面，且不同应用的界面之间不存在重叠。例如：分别显示不同应用的界面，使得用户可同时操作多个应用。画中画技术是指显示一个界面后在 该界面上叠加显示另一界面。为了方便说明，本申请实施例中将分屏显示和画中画显示称为“分区域显示”。
本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于图1所示的电子设备100中。图1示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。
电子设备100，例如智能终端，可以包括处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。
可以理解的是，本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。
控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了系统的效率。
在本申请的实施例中，处理器110可以调用其中设备的存储器或内部存储器121中存储的程序指令，使得电子设备100执行本申请实施例提供的显示通知的方法中由电子设备(例如终端)所执行的步骤。应理解，该电子设备100可以用于实现本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法，相关特征可以参照下文的详细描述。
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit  sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线，包括一根串行数据线(serial data line，SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line，SCL)。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K，充电器，闪光灯，摄像头193等。例如：处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K，使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信，实现电子设备100的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。PCM接口也可以用于音频通信，将模拟信号抽样，量化和编码。UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线，用于异步通信。
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194，摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface，CSI)，显示屏串行接口(display serial interface，DSI)等。在一些实施例中，处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信，实现电子设备100的显示功能。
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号，也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中，GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193，显示屏194，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口，I2S接口，UART接口，MIPI接口等。
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。可以理解的是，本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中，电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。电源管理模块141用于连接电池142，充电管理模块140与处理器110。电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由 天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中，调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后，被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A，受话器170B等)输出声音信号，或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中，调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110，与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
在一些实施例中，电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合，天线2和无线通信模块160耦合，使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(code division multiple access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system，QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。
电子设备100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
显示屏194用于显示用户界面，还可以接收用户操作。在本申请实施例中提到的显示可以通过显示屏194显示，显示屏194具有显示的功能，而且显示屏194可以具有触摸功能，也可以不具有触摸功能。在触摸显示屏上的操作可以通过虚拟按键实现，可以点击触摸屏实现。在非触摸显示屏上的操作可以通过物理按键实现。
电子设备100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号，除了可以处理数字图像信号，还可以处理其他数字信号。例如，当电子设备100在频点选择时，数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样，电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频，例如：动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group，MPEG)1，MPEG2，MPEG3，MPEG4等。
NPU为神经网络(neural-network，NN)计算处理器，通过借鉴生物神经网络结构，例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式，对输入信息快速处理，还可以不断的自学习。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信，实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐，视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。此外，内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件，闪存器件，通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage，UFS)等。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，和/或存储在设置于处理器中的存储器的指令，执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。
在本申请的一些实施例中，内部存储器还用于存储翻译应用和缓存该翻译应用运行过程中所产生的所有图片，用户退出该翻译应用后上述缓存的所有图片可以自动删除。
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出，也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中，音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中，或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。
扬声器170A，也称“喇叭”，用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐，或收听免提通话。
受话器170B，也称“听筒”，用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时，可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。
麦克风170C，也称“话筒”，“传声器”，用于将声音信号转换为电信号。
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130，也可以是3.5mm的开放移动终端平台(open mobile terminal platform，OMTP)标准接口，美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA，CTIA)标准接口。
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中，压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多，如电阻式压力传感器，电感式压力传感器，电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A，电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194，电子设备100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中，作用于相同触摸位置，但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作，可以对应不同的操作指令。例如：当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时，执行新建短消息的指令。
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中，电子设备100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度，辅助定位和导航。磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。距离传感器180F，用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中，拍摄场景，电子设备100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器， 例如光电二极管。环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁，访问应用锁，指纹拍照，指纹接听来电等。温度传感器180J用于检测温度。
触摸传感器180K，也称“触控器件”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入，产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。马达191可以产生振动提示。指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195，或从SIM卡接口195拔出，实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口，N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡，Micro SIM卡，SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同，也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互，实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中，电子设备100采用eSIM，即：嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中，不能和电子设备100分离。
参见图2，图2是现有技术提供的一种在终端上显示的用户界面。该终端可以安装各种各样的应用，这些应用会向终端推送通知。当终端接收到应用推送的通知时，可以将该通知加载至通知栏，以在通知栏中显示该通知。目前，有一些应用对应的第三方服务器对接统一推送服务提供商(如APPLE、GOOGLE等)的推送服务器，推送服务器将通知发送给终端，这些通知中携带目标应用的身份标识ID、推送的通知内容等参数。如图2a所示，用户在显示屏201浏览第一界面时，如查看桌面应用程序或浏览第一应用的显示界面或分屏界面时，接收到第二应用的通知，如短信通知。该短信通知以横幅、弹框或浮框211的形式出现在显示屏201的显示区域202，横幅、弹框或浮框211上显示该短信通知的内容，其中显示区域202在显示屏201的顶部并包括通知栏212。此时用户想要查看该短信通知时，或者用户想要忽略该短信通知以快速隐藏该短信通知的横幅211时，用户需要将手指移至横幅211处进行相应的操作，这个操作通常需要用户大幅度移动手指来完成，而且对于单手持握终端的用户，此操作非常不方便单手完成。当用户没有及时处理图2a中的短信通知的横幅211时，横幅211自动退出显示，且该未读的短信通知以小图标205的形式显示于显示屏201的顶部通知栏212， 如图2b所示。此时，显示屏201显示第一界面，当用户想要查看该未处理的短信通知时，用户可以打开短信应用以查看未处理的所有短消息，还可以对通知栏212进行相应的操作，以下拉显示通知中心，从而对终端上所有未处理的通知进行处理。通常，对用户而言，终端显示屏的顶部附近不是便捷的操作区域，当用户需要对顶部的显示区域202进行操作时，用户的手指需要移动很大的幅度，这样的操作不够方便和快速。尤其是对于单手持握终端的用户，通过单手操作以在显示屏的顶部或其附近处理未读通知/信息的图标是非常不方便的，因此目前对新推送的通知或未读通知的处理方法对用户不够友好。
以下图3到图14所示的实施例提供的显示通知的方法应用于前述实施例提供的电子设备100中。
请参见图3，图3为本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。如图3a所示，智能终端的触摸显示屏301显示第一界面310，该第一界面310是触摸显示屏301上所显示的完整显示界面，具体地，该第一界面310可以是显示屏301上包括通知栏/信号栏部分的桌面，还可以是第一应用的界面(包括或不包括该通知栏/信号栏部分)，或者是分区域显示的界面，例如第一应用和桌面的分屏显示界面、或者多个应用程序(以下简称应用)的分屏显示界面(以及该通知栏/信号栏部分)。应可理解，只要是在未显示通知之前，该显示屏301上的显示都可以认为是第一界面310的一部分，例如负一屏、widget小部件、智能桌面助理、或控件等等。如图3b所示，显示屏301上仅显示第一界面310，如桌面时，以用户正常查看第一界面310的上下及左右方向为准，第一界面310包括顶部区域302、底部区域307、侧边区域303L和303R、以及正面区域306，其中，第一界面310上的各区域是由第一界面310上显示内容的方向定义的，即当第一界面处于正常被查看的方向时，顶部区域302在第一界面310的上部并抵靠第一界面310的上边缘；底部区域307在第一界面310的下部并抵靠第一界面310的下边缘；侧边区域303L和303R分别在第一界面310的左侧部和右侧部并分别抵靠第一界面310的左侧边缘和右侧边缘；正面区域306在第一界面310的主要显示区域，也是第一界面310的中间区域并至少占所述第一界面310面积的一半，应可理解，正面区域306可以定义为第一界面310正中的区域，也可以定义为更靠近第一界面310的一个或若干个边缘。其中，正面区域306不与第一界面310的四个边缘抵靠。另外，当用户正常握持该智能终端时，例如该智能终端为竖屏显示时，第一界面310的顶部区域302是通常需要用户大幅的移动手指才可以触碰到的区域，底部区域307以及部分侧边区域303L/303R是通常不需要用户大幅的移动手指就可以触碰到的区域。应可理解，本申请中对第一界面310的区域划分是为了更清楚地描述本申请下列各个实施例，而并不是对第一界面310进行实质的切割或不同的区域区分，在本申请的其它实施例中，对第一界面310也可以进行与图3b所示不一样的区域划分，因此图3b中对第一界面310的区域划分，不应作为对本申请的限制。在本申请中，为了更好地描述实施例，将第一界面310进行上述区域划分，以使得正面区域306与顶部区域302、底部区域307、 侧边区域303L、303R都没有交叉或重叠的区域，顶部区域302和底部区域307也没有交叉或重叠的区域，而侧边区域303L、303R可以与顶部区域302和/或底部区域307存在交叉或重叠的区域。应可理解，这样的区域划分仅作为示例，亦不应作为对本申请的限制，本申请的实施例也可以基于不一样区域划分来进行阐述而不脱离本申请请求的权利范围。
当智能终端的显示屏301显示第一界面310，如桌面时，第二应用的通知，例如短信通知，该通知被添加到智能终端的通知中心中，其对应一则短消息并以横幅、弹框或浮框的形式出现在第一界面310的顶部区域302，例如图3b所示的横幅311，该横幅311中显示了该短信通知的内容，该通知的内容可以是短消息的一部分,如图中所示：“您好，您各项套餐的准实时消费情况如下……”，该通知的内容也可以是不同于图中的内容，例如“您有1条未读短信”。对应于该短信通知的横幅311覆盖了第一界面310的顶部区域302的一部分。响应于该短信通知或者响应于该横幅311，如图3b所示，在第一界面310的侧边区域303L上显示触控标识305，触控标识305对应于该横幅311和该短信通知，并覆盖了第一界面310的侧边区域303L的一部分。当第一界面310是如图所示的桌面，且桌面上包括短信应用程序的图标312b时，如图3b所示，响应于新的短信通知，图标312b上显示角标311a。在本申请的一个实施例中，对应于一个应用程序的触控标识，其在侧边区域上的显现与该应用程序是否正在运行无关，这是因为安装于终端上的应用程序收到的通知是由服务器推送到终端上的，而该应用程序可以在终端上处于尚未运行的状态，从而节省终端中程序运行的存储空间。例如当终端收到微信的新通知时，此时微信未在终端的主界面显示，也尚未在终端的后台中运行，响应于该新通知，与微信对应的触控标识显现于终端当前的第一界面的侧边区域，以提醒用户通过该触控标识来处理与新通知关联的内容。在本申请的另一实施例中，触控标识的显现与该应用程序是否还有尚未处理的通知无关，例如当终端收到该应用程序的新通知时，该应用程序在通知中心中没有其他通知，或者与该应用程序对应的触控标识不对应任何该应用程序的其他通知时，响应于该新通知，与该应用程序对应的触控标识显现于终端当前的第一界面的侧边区域，以提醒用户通过该触控标识来处理与新通知关联的内容。用户可以通过对该触控标识305的操作来处理该新通知的横幅311，进而处理新通知的内容。当横幅311对应的通知被处理后，可以从通知中心中删除该通知。而当横幅311以及触控标识305在预定时间内都没有接收相应的用户操作时，横幅311和触控标识305从第一界面310消失，且与该横幅311对应的通知保留在终端的通知中心中。在本申请图3b所示的实施例中，响应于终端收到该短信通知或者响应于终端显示该横幅311，横幅311和触控标识305可以同时出现在第一界面310上，触控标识305相对于横幅311更接近第一界面310的底部区域307，以方便用户处理该短信通知的内容，即该短消息。在本申请的另一实施例中，横幅311和触控标识305先后出现在第一界面310上，并在第一界面310上同时停留一段时间，以提醒用户通过对触控标识305进行操作可以处理横幅311所对应的短消息。图3b 中还示出了触控标识305的操作热区，例如触控区域304，触控区域304比横幅311更接近第一界面310的底部区域307，即触控区域304比横幅或弹框311更接近第一界面310的底部，并且触控区域304在第一界面310上不可见。在图3b所示的实施例中，触控区域304以圆形的虚线框表示以便于理解，应可知，在本申请的其它实施例中，触控区域304可以是任意形状的区域，也可以是无固定形状的变化区域，其中，触控区域304的尺寸可以大于触控标识305的尺寸，例如触控标识305显示的区域在触控区域304的区域内，但是，这些都不应作为对本发明的限制。在本申请的一个实施例中，当第一界面310是第一应用的界面时，收到新通知对应的第二应用可以不同于第一应用，然而这并不应作为对本申请的限制，在本申请的另一实施例中，第二应用可以与第一应用相同。
在本申请的一个实施例中，第二应用的通知可以是第二应用的提供商服务器发送到终端的推送通知，例如微信的服务器(例如推送平台)发送的微信推送通知；第二应用的通知也可以是其它服务器(不同于第二应用的服务器，如终端提供商服务器)发送到终端的推送通知，例如通过APNs(即Apple Push Notification Service)发送给iOS系统终端的推送通知、或通过GCM(Google Cloud Messaging)发送给Android系统终端的推送通知；第二应用的通知也可以是终端上的内部通知，例如闹钟、日程等的提醒通知。应可理解，对于部分第二应用的通知，终端先接收到该通知，当检测到对该通知的横幅或触控标识的相关操作后，再从第二应用的提供商服务器接收/下载该通知具体内容的数据，而对于部分第二应用的通知，终端先接收到该通知的具体内容，再产生该通知，进而显示横幅或触控标识。
本申请的实施例中提到的“通知”应包括但不限于以上各种形式的通知，例如包括系统通知，如系统更新通知、闹钟提醒通知、电量报警通知等；还包括应用的通知，如微信通知、热点新闻通知、航班通知等；通知的“内容”可以是对应于上述通知的具体内容，如微信消息、新闻、航班信息等的具体内容或收到应用通知的指示；“横幅”可以弹出或滑出或闪现在第一界面310的顶部区域，且横幅上可以至少显示该通知的部分内容，例如显示系统更新的版本号、微信消息的群聊名称、邮件的发件人和主题等。本申请实施例中提到的“触控标识”305可以作为通知或横幅的接口元素，并以光点、光晕、气泡、图标等形式在触摸屏上显示，以提醒用户触碰和/或操作。本申请实施例中提到的“触控区域”304是指触控标识的操控热区，即以触控标识305为中心的一定范围内的区域，通常触控区域是没有特殊显示的不可见的区域，且可供用户触摸以进行相应操作。在本申请的实施例中，触控区域304是第一界面310的侧边区域303上并以触控标识305为中心的操控热区。应可理解，本申请实施例中的触控区域的特征，例如其是否隐藏或显示，其显示的颜色、大小、图案，以及其其形状等等，仅作为示例性的，而不应作为对本申请的限制。
请再次参考图3，如图3b所示，触控标识305显示的位置相较于横幅311远离第一界面310的顶部区域302，或者说，更靠近第一界面310的底部区域307， 因此，用户对触控标识305进行操作相较于对横幅311进行操作，更加的方便快捷。在本申请的实施例中，触控标识305还可以显示于第一界面的底部区域307，也可以如图所示显示于顶部区域302与底部区域307之间，并且更加靠近于底部区域307。用户根据该触控标识305的出现移动手指，并在触控区域304进行第一操作，智能终端检测该第一操作后打开与横幅311对应的应用界面，例如，短消息的回复界面，311d和312f，如图3c所示。当用户根据触控标识305的出现移动手指至触控区域304时，还可以进行第二或第三或第四操作，智能终端根据进一步检测这些操作并分别如图3d所示移除横幅311、相应的触控标识305消失，并恢复第一界面310的显示(此时，信号栏处可以显示未读通知的应用程序图标，以及桌面上的应用程序图标可以显示更新的角标)、或者如图3e所示显示横幅311对应的通知的回复窗口或卡片311f和/或键盘区域312f，原第一界面310的内容半透明显示、亦或者如图3f所示将第一界面310的一部分和横幅311对应的第二应用界面311d的一部分，进行分屏显示，以方便用户在显示屏301上进行多任务操作。在本申请的一个实施例中，在触控标识305出现后的一预定时间内，若终端没有检测到触控标识305和横幅311上的任何操作，则触控标识305和横幅311消失，并且如图3d所示恢复第一界面310的显示并且在顶部的通知栏显示短信应用的小图标以指示该未读的短信通知。上述第一至第四操作可以是预设的或用户自定义的操作，具体可以是触碰操作、滑动操作、双击操作、长按操作、捏合操作、压力操作、指纹操作中的一种或组合，也可以是上述操作与人脸识别、指纹识别、声音识别等的结合。具体的，这些操作包括单指按压或双指按压或三指按压、单击或双击、左滑或右滑或上滑或下滑一定预设距离、长按到一定预设时间、按压至一定压力阈值等等操作及其组合操作，或者这些操作与人脸识别、指纹识别、声音识别等的结合。例如，当与横幅311对应的通知关联的内容为加密内容时，可以通过用户的手指操作与人脸识别、指纹识别、声音识别配合以查看加密内容，或者通过用户手指操作后，提醒用户输入密码来查看加密内容。这些手指操作可以是直接在触控标识上的操作，也可以是距离触控标识一定距离的操作，即在触控区域内而不直接在触控标识上的操作。
示例性的，当终端的触摸屏301正显示桌面310时，如图3a所示，终端接收到新的短信通知，则桌面310的顶部区域302上显示横幅311，且侧边区域303显示触控标识305，其中，横幅311中显示了通知的内容，如图3b所示。若终端在该触控标识305的触控区域304检测到点击操作(即第一操作)，触摸屏301相应地显示短信应用的界面并显示包含该短信通知对应的短消息的界面，如图3c所示。若终端在该触控标识305的触控区域304检测到上滑操作(即第二操作)，相应地，横幅311和触控标识305消失，触摸屏301恢复到第一界面310，如图3d所示。若终端在该触控标识305的触控区域304检测到下滑操作(即第三操作)，触摸屏301相应地显示该短信通知对应的短消息及其回复窗口，例如回复短消息的卡片311f和键盘区域的卡片312f，如图3e所示。若终端在该触控标识305的触控区域304检测到长按操作(即第四操作)，显示屏301相应地进 行分屏显示，以同时显示包括与短信通知对应的短消息的界面311d和第一界面310的一部分，如图3f所示。在本申请的另一实施例中，当终端接收到带有验证码的新短信通知、或者系统或应用程序的更新通知、或闹钟提醒通知等等，并在第一界面的顶部区域显示其对应的横幅或浮框，以及在第一界面的侧边区域显示触控标识时，终端可以检测该触控标识上的第五操作，以在终端的后台处理上述通知，且在显示屏上恢复第一界面的显示。例如，终端检测到触控标识上的双击或三连击操作(即第五操作)，则在后台处理这些通知：复制该新短信通知对应的短消息中的验证码、或者启动该系统更新或应用程序的更新、或者设置该闹钟为稍后(10分钟后)提醒等等。
应可理解，终端收到的通知的内容不同于该通知对应的详情内容，其中，通知的内容是显示于横幅上的内容，而详情内容是该通知对应的应用程序界面中可以看到的内容，详情内容也可以是用户对通知交互操作后显示的界面中的内容，例如图3c、3e、3f所示的界面。例如，横幅上显示的通知的内容可以是“收到一条短消息”，而该通知的详情内容可以是“今天几点下班？”。又例如，当终端收到的通知对应的详情内容很长时，无法全部显示于其对应的横幅中，因此，横幅中仅显示该通知对应的详情内容的一部分。而在其它一些情况下，终端收到的通知的内容也可以与该通知对应的详情内容相同，例如当该微信收到的通知对应的详情内容很简单时，横幅中显示的“你什么时候回家吃饭”即与该微信通知对应的详情内容一致。
如上所述，复制的验证码可以是属于短消息中详情内容的一部分，该验证码可以在横幅出现时即显示于横幅中，也可以不显示于横幅中。
当终端收到系统或应用程序的更新通知，并以横幅的形式显示时，该更新通知的内容可以包括应用程序的图标以及“您需要更新程序以继续使用”，而该更新通知的详情内容可以是与更新程序相关的，例如该程序的最新版本介绍，增加的新功能，修复的错误，和其它改进等等内容。
由用户交互操作为稍后提醒的闹钟的详情内容也可以显示或不显示于横幅中，例如闹钟的通知对应的横幅显示“08：00闹钟：上班打卡”，或者仅显示“闹钟”。其中，被设置为稍后提醒的闹钟通知会在预定时间(10分钟)截止时，触发该闹钟提醒或者新的闹钟提醒显示于终端的显示屏上。
响应于上述第一、第三、或第四操作，与短信通知的完整内容相关的界面显示于触摸显示屏301的正面区域，该相关的界面可以完全覆盖第一界面310或者与第一界面310分屏显示于显示屏上。
在本申请的一个实施例中，触控标识是唯一的，每当终端接收到新的通知并以横幅的形式显示于第一界面的顶部区域时，第一界面的侧边区域上都会相应地显示该唯一的触控标识，且该触控标识会与该横幅同时在第一界面上保留一段时间，以便用户操作，用户对该唯一的触控标识的操作仅可以处理终端当前显示的横幅所对应的通知。若终端没有收到新的通知，该触控标识不可见。举例说明，请参见图3b、图3d、和图3g，其中图3b中显示终端收到新短信通知并相应地 显示横幅311和触控标识305，在预定时间内终端没有检测到横幅311和触控标识305上的操作则恢复图3d所示的第一界面310的显示，并在信号栏处显示短信图标，以表示有未处理的短消息。随后，如图3g所示终端收到新邮件通知并相应地显示横幅321和同一触控标识305，此时，第一界面310的侧边区域仅显示该触控标识305，且在该触控标识305的触控区域304上进行上述第一至第五的任一操作，可以相应地打开该邮件的界面、忽略该邮件通知的横幅321、打开邮件的回复窗口、打开邮件界面与第一界面310的分屏显示界面、或后台处理邮件的内容。
在本申请的另一实施例中，触控标识不是唯一的，不同的通知可以对应于不同的触控标识，不同的应用也可以对应不同的触控标识，不同的触控标识可以是例如不同颜色、不同形状、不同大小、或不同图案等，例如触控点、触控条、触控气泡、或触控图标等，其中，触控图标是对应于通知的应用程序的图标或者是与对应于该通知的操作系统相关的图标，例如系统设置的图标、系统更新的图标。应可理解，本申请实施例中的触控标识的特征，例如其颜色、形状、大小、图案等，仅作为示例性的，而不应作为对本申请的限制。举例说明，请参见图3b、图3d、和图3h，其中，图3b显示终端收到新短信通知并相应地显示横幅311和触控标识305，在预定时间内终端没有检测到横幅311和触控标识305上的操作则恢复图3d所示的第一界面310的显示，相应地，该短信通知被设为“未处理”的通知，对应于“未处理”的短信通知的触控标识305以隐藏的形式被保留于触摸屏301的侧边显示区域，以供用户后续操作，应可理解，触控标识被“隐藏”指的是其不显示在界面上，而并不是对其做透明处理后消失于界面上。随后，如图3h所示，终端收到新邮件通知并相应地显示横幅321和另一触控标识315，此时，对应于至少一个“未处理”的短信通知的触控标识305仍然处于不显示的状态，在第一界面310的侧边区域不可见，也就是说，当终端在第一界面310下接收新通知时，第一界面310的侧边区域上仅显示对应于当前新通知的触控标识315，且在该触控标识315的触控区域314上进行上述第一至第五的任一操作，可以相应地打开该邮件的界面、忽略该邮件通知的横幅321、打开邮件的回复窗口、或打开邮件界面与第一界面310的分屏显示界面、或后台处理邮件的内容。在本申请的一个实施例中，如图3h所示，虽然侧边的触控标识不可见，在信号栏处可以看到具有未读通知的应用程序图标。
如图3h所示，设为“未处理”的短信通知所对应的触控标识305、对应于其它“未处理”的历史通知的触控标识325在第一界面310的侧边区域不可见，应可理解，图3h中用灰色表示触控标识305、325，仅仅是为了能够更清楚地的讲解本申请的实施例，优选地，未处理的历史通知所对应的触控标识不会因为另一应用推送的新通知而显示，而仅在终端收到同一类通知或者同一应用的通知时，需要更新该触控标识所对应的通知才会显示，或者在终端检测到触摸屏的侧边显示区域上的相应操作才会出现。对于如何查看“未处理”的历史通知，以及触控标识所对应的通知的更新等，将在下文中结合图6至图8做出更加详细的描述。
在上述触控标识不是唯一的实施例中，对于新收到的通知，如果终端检测到对新通知的触控标识进行了上述第一、第二、第三、第四、或第五操作，则该新收到的通知设为“已处理”，表示用户已经得知该通知并进行了需要的处理，例如：打开该通知的应用、忽略该通知、回复该通知的内容、或分屏查看该通知内容等的处理。如果终端没有检测到任一上述第一至第五操作，则该新收到的通知设为“未处理”，且相应地该触控标识以隐藏的形式保留第一界面的侧边区域。在本申请另一实施例中，如果用户主动忽略该新收到的通知，即终端检测到在触控标识上进行上述第二操作，该通知也可以被设为“未处理”。“未处理”的通知所对应的触控标识被隐藏的保留在侧边区域，以供用户后续处理。
在本申请的一个实施例中，在第一界面310的左侧区域303L和右侧区域303R可以同时显示触控标识315，且“未处理”的历史通知所对应的触控标识305、325可以分别隐藏于左侧区域303L和右侧区域303R。在左侧区域303L和右侧区域303R都显示触控标识，有利于用户对触控标识的操作，而不会限制用户只能在一侧对通知和横幅进行操作。在本申请的一个实施例中，左侧区域303L和右侧区域303R中的一侧上的触控标识为另一侧的镜像或复制，对任一侧上的触控标识进行操作的结果是一致的，且触控标识基本上是同时显现，同时消失，或者至少在第一界面310上同时显示一段时间。应可理解，虽然第一界面310的两侧分别显示触控标识，该触控标识仍然可以是上述实施例中唯一的触控标识，也就是说，每当终端接收到新通知，该唯一的一对触控标识被相应地显示在左侧区域303L和右侧区域303R，且在该对触控标识上的操作仅对当前显示的横幅所对应的通知有效。
在本申请的一个实施例中，终端根据传感器、和/或天线信号、和/或用户的历史使用数据等，判断用户是左手持握终端还是右手持握终端，或者判断用户是左手操作还是右手操作，并根据判断的结果将触控标识相应地显示在第一界面的左侧区域303L，或右侧区域303R。例如，用户左手操作时，触控标识显示在左侧区域303L。进一步地，终端还可以根据上述传感器、和/或天线信号、和/或用户的历史使用数据，来将触控标识305显示在侧边区域303上的选定区域或选定位置，例如终端可以判断用户在做其他操作时手部误触碰到侧边区域303的一个或多个位置，具体地，终端判断用户在侧边区域303的E处多次误触碰，则当终端收到新通知时，触控标识将显示于侧边区域303的E处或E处附近，例如E处的上方0～3cm处。又例如终端可以判断用户在做其他操作时的一个或多个位置，具体地，当终端收到新通知时，判断其收到通知之前的一段时间内(例如，一分钟内)用户在中间区域303的历史操作位置，并根据该一分钟内的历史操作位置在侧边区域303确定触控标识305的显示位置，该显示位置可以是该历史操作位置的平均值所水平对应到侧边区域303的位置，也可以是平均值所水平对应到侧边区域303的位置的上方，例如上方0～2cm处。因此，触控标识显示于侧边区域303的位置会在临近用户的操作手指处，便于用户在当前的持握状态和操作惯性下通过在触控标识上进行操作而处理新通知，无需改变持握状态、或者额 外增加操作手指。本申请中各个实施例提供的技术方案，有利于减小用户对新通知的操作幅度，从而减少操作时间，使得用户在处理新通知内容时，感受到更快更好的操作体验。
图4是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。如图所示，触控区域(例如404a、404b、404c)内的触控标识(例如405a、405b、405c)以光条或光晕或小图标的形式显示在第一界面310的侧边区域303上。如图4a和4b所示，用户可以在光晕405a或光条405b上或距离该光晕405a或光条405b一定距离内，即触控区域404a或404b中而不直接在光晕405a或光条405b上进行上述对内容的处理操作，即智能终端可以检测触控区域404a或404b上的操作，以对其对应的通知进行处理，其中，该通知与浮框311的形式显示于第一界面310的顶部区域。如图4c所示，触控标识以触控图标405c的形式显示在侧边显示区域303上，触控图标405c是该新通知所对应的应用图标的缩小形式，如短消息图标的缩小形式，其中，触控图标405c的轮廓对应于短消息图标的轮廓，和/或，触控图标405c的细节对应于短消息图标的细节。基于该触控图标405c的显示，用户可以在其上或距离触控图标405c一定距离内，即触控区域404c中而不直接在触控图标405c上进行上述对通知内容的处理操作，即智能终端会检测触控区域404c上的操作，以处理该通知的内容，和/或在显示屏301上显示相应界面。
在本申请的一个实施例中，与当前正被推送的通知对应的触控标识可以是图4所示的光晕405a或光条405b，其相对于触控图标405c具有更大的操作面积，以便用户对该通知的内容进行处理。若该通知未被用户及时处理，且其触控标识如图3h的实施例所示需隐藏于侧边区域时，被隐藏的与该通知对应的触控标识可以是触控图标405c的形式。
在本申请的另一实施例中，与当前正被推送的通知对应的触控标识可以是处理当前通知并在侧边区域上的唯一接口元素，例如触控光点、触控光晕、触控光条等，而被隐藏在侧边区域的触控标识可以是与通知对应的，或与应用对应的，因此可以在侧边区域积累以产生触控标识的集群，集群中具有用于处理当前尚未处理通知的多个接口元素，例如，触控光点、触控图标等。
因此，在通知正被推送时，显示于侧边区域的触控标识，和与该同一通知对应的被隐藏的触控标识，可以具有相同的或者不同的形状、和/或图案、和/或颜色、和/或尺寸。
应可理解，在本申请的其他实施例中，触控标识还可以是其他形式，而触控区域也可以以其他形式显示或不显示于侧边显示区域上。在本申请的一个实施例中，触控区域及其触控标识的显示可以由用户自定义，此亦不能作为对本申请的限制。
应可理解，在图4a-4c的实施例中，响应于新短信通知，可以在第一界面上出现横幅311和侧边的标识405a、405b、405c，当第一界面是桌面并显示短信应用程序图标时，可以不在图标上出现角标。
在本申请的另一实施例中，用户可以设置智能终端的通知显示模式，在例如 隐私保护模式、免打扰模式、或其他相关模式中，用户可以设置：当终端收到新通知时，屏幕显示的界面上不显示对应的横幅/浮框。具体的请参见图4d、图4e和图4f，当终端收到新的短消息通知时，在图4d所示的第一界面310和图4e、4f所示的第二界面410上未显示与该短消息的通知所对应的横幅或浮框。
在图4d所示的实施例中，第一界面310可以是终端的桌面，其中显示了短消息应用程序图标412a，作为短消息应用程序的接口。当终端收到新的短消息时，第一界面310的侧边区域303上显示触控图标，用于接受操作以处理该短消息的通知内容，且在短消息图标412a上也出现标识，例如角标411a，用于作为对收到与该应用程序相关的新通知的提示。在一个实施例中，触控图标可以是短消息图标412a的缩小形式，例如触控图标405c，这样可以给用户提示：当前收到的通知是与短消息的应用程序相关的通知。在另一实施例中，触控图标可以是其他形式，如触控图标305、405、405a、或405b，用户可以通过在触控图标上操作来查看该新通知与哪个应用程序相关，或者用户可以通过出现在短消息图标412a上的角标411a判断该新通知与短消息应用程序相关。这样，用户可以在上述隐私保护模式、免打扰模式、或其他相关模式中，避免通知的内容出现在第一界面310上，而仍然保留了对该通知进行处理的快捷接口，即，侧边区域上显示的触控图标。
在图4e所示的实施例中，终端的屏幕上显示了第二界面410，该第二界面410可以例如是浏览器界面和通知栏/任务栏412b的界面，即该第二界面410是显示于显示屏301上的完整界面，且该第二界面410上没有显示短消息应用程序图标412a或其他应用程序的接口图标。此时，当终端收到新的短消息，第二界面410的侧边区域403上显示触控图标，用于接受操作以处理该短消息的通知内容，且在通知栏/任务栏412b上也出现标识，例如图标411b，用于作为对收到与该应用程序相关的新通知的提示。其中，图标411b是短消息图标412a的缩小形式，触控图标可以是前述的触控图标305、405、405a、或405b。通过通知栏/任务栏412b中显示的图标411b以及侧边区域显示的触控图标，用户可以在上述隐私保护模式、免打扰模式、或其他相关模式中，避免通知的内容出现在第二界面410上，而仍可以判断新收到的通知与哪个应用程序相关，并且也保留了对该通知进行处理的快捷接口。
在图4f所示的实施例中，终端的屏幕上也显示了上述第二界面410，当终端收到新的短消息时，第二界面410的侧边区域403上显示触控图标405c，且在图4f所示的第二界面410上，通知栏/任务栏412b上并未出现例如图标411b的标识。应可理解，随着终端的发展，其屏幕的屏占比越来越大，例如目前几个在全面屏的发展趋势下设计的“刘海屏”、“水滴屏”、“挖孔屏”等，使得通知栏/任务栏412b的区域逐步减小，因此在通知栏/任务栏412b处可以显示的图标数量也受到了限制。图4f所示的实施例不占用通知栏/任务栏412b的区域来显示新通知对应的图标，且用户可以在上述隐私保护模式、免打扰模式、或其他相关模式中，避免通知的内容出现在第二界面410上，而仍然保留了对该通知进行处 理的快捷接口。
请参见图5，图5是本申请实施例的智能终端的示意图。如图5所示，该智能终端包括主体502和触摸显示屏501。图5中的触摸显示屏501是一种曲面屏，包括平坦显示区域和位于平坦显示区域至少一侧的曲面显示区域，在图5所示的实施例中，在平坦显示区域的左右侧都包括具有一定曲率的曲面显示区域，该曲面显示区域从触摸显示屏501的平坦显示区域过渡到智能终端的主体502的边缘。在图5a所示的实施例中，曲面屏的曲面部分以灰色表示出来，以方便描述本申请中涉及曲面屏的部分，在实际应用中，曲面屏的曲面部分一般不以特殊的颜色或形式区别于曲面屏的平面部分，通常，曲面屏的曲面显示区域为平坦显示区域的扩展，当显示屏501显示第一界面510时，例如显示第一应用的界面，该第一界面510大体显示在平面显示区域中，并扩展到曲面显示区域中，以将第一界面510完整地显示在智能终端的显示屏501上，其中，第一界面510的侧边区域503的至少一部分显示于该曲面显示区域上，而第一界面510的正面区域506可以显示于或不显示于该曲面显示区域上。当第二应用如短信的新通知以横幅或弹框511的形式出现在第一界面510的顶部区域507时，在侧边区域503上，优选地在曲面显示区域的至少一部分上显示触控标识，如触控图标505，以作为对该新短信通知的接口，基于触控图标505的显示，用户可以在触控区域504中进行相关操作以处理该横幅511对应的短消息。其中，该触控图标505显示的位置、触控区域504提供的操控位置相较于横幅511的位置更靠近第一界面510的底部区域509。当智能终端检测到触控区域504内的操作后，例如上述实施例中的第一操作至第五操作，即可对该短消息进行相关的处理和/或显示相应的界面，例如删除该通知、删除该短消息、回复该短消息、复制该短消息中的验证码等等。本申请的技术方案提供了一种快速显示通知并快捷处理该通知的方法，大大的提高了用户使用终端的操作体验。
图5a所示的曲面屏501与前述实施例中的触摸屏301相比，除了曲面屏501具有曲面显示区域以外，曲面屏501整体显示区域的尺寸大大超过了触摸屏301，随着智能终端上触摸显示屏的发展，曲面屏、全面屏、以及折叠屏的终端设备在显示尺寸上都得到了进一步扩展，因此，用户单手操作的难度也升级了。请参照图5a，智能终端上触摸显示屏往全面屏发展使得信号栏或状态栏512的区域逐步减小，因此在信号栏512处可以显示的未读图标的数量也受到了限制。在这种情况下，本申请充分的利用了触摸显示屏的侧边显示区域，且尤其是图5a和图5b所示的曲面显示区域，即，当智能终端在第一界面的侧边区域上检测到操作时，显示屏上可以显示与新通知相关的显示界面，从而实现对通知的快速处理，而无需对顶部出现的横幅、或状态栏512出现的图标、或相应的应用程序接口进行操作才能处理新通知。由于用户在持握智能终端时，其手掌可以轻松地包裹住触摸显示屏的侧边，使得手指在靠近侧边的位置进行操作非常便利，而无需大幅移动手指，因此在智能终端的侧边，例如曲面显示区域进行快捷的操作十分有利于提高用户的操作体验。
在本申请的一些实施例中，终端收到的通知是“未处理”的通知时，这些通知将以触控标识的形式保留在曲面屏或非曲面屏的侧边，例如隐藏于第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503，以供用户后续进行处理，当存在一个或多个不同的触控标识被保留或隐藏时，侧边区域上形成隐藏的触控标识集群。
本申请中提到的“触控标识集群”是触控标识排列的组合，可以包括一个或多个触控点以形成触控点集群、或一个或多个触控条以形成触控条集群、或一个或多个应用小图标以形成触控图标集群，还可以是包括一个或多个触控点、和/或触控条、和/或触控图标的组合集群。其中，每一个触控点、触控条或小图标都可以对应于一个通知，或者对应于一个安装在终端上的应用。
例如，当智能终端在息屏(也称为黑屏)状态下收到第二应用的推送通知，而没有检测到处理该推送通知的相应操作时，该未处理的通知所对应的触控标识将隐藏在侧边区域303/503。又例如，当智能终端在亮屏(解锁或锁屏)状态下收到第二应用的推送通知，但没有显示通知的横幅311或511，并且终端没有检测到处理该推送通知的相应操作时，则该未处理的通知所对应的触控标识也将隐藏在侧边区域303/503。又例如，在图3b、4a、4b、4c、4e、4f或图5a所示的场景下，当智能终端(息屏或亮屏状态下)收到第二应用的推送通知并显示触控标识和第一标识时，该第一标识是：对应的横幅311或511、或应用程序的角标411a、又或者任务栏图标411b，若终端没有检测到处理该推送内容的相应操作或者检测到用户主动忽略该通知(例如上述第二操作)，则有的第一标识隐藏，例如横幅或弹框311或511隐藏，且该未处理的通知所对应的触控标识也隐藏在侧边区域303/503。
在本申请的一个实施例中，这些未处理且保留的通知所对应的触控标识或触控标识集群在侧边区域303/503处隐藏，直到智能终端检测到相应操作才会显现于侧边区域303/503，例如曲面区域503上。如图5b所示，当用户单手持握具有曲面屏501的终端时，用户的拇指在曲面屏501上的曲面区域503触碰，则侧边显现多个触控标识，也称为触控标识集群505b，其中，该曲面区域503显示于曲面屏501的曲面显示区域，且该触控标识集群505b可以跟随用户的操作位置而显示，图6中将对此作出更加详细的描述。在图5b所示的实施例中，用户在曲面屏501的右侧曲面区域503触碰，则触控标识集群显示于右侧。该方案很好的利用了曲面屏的曲面区域，且由于用户在曲面区域进行触碰是十分便捷的操作，因此该方案使得用户查看触控标识所对应的通知十分方便，可以大大提高用户处理通知的操作体验。在本申请的一个实施例中，侧边显示区域可以包括曲面屏的曲面显示区域，该曲面显示区域邻接曲面屏的左侧边缘和/或右侧边缘。
当用户通过图5b所示的触控标识集群505b查看和/或处理通知时，随这些通知被处理后，与其对应的触控标识会从触控标识集群中移除(同时被处理的通知也从通知中心中删除)，而随着被推送的新通知被判断是“未处理”的通知时，与其对应的触控标识会显示和/或隐藏在触控标识集群中(同时新通知也添加至通知中心中)，这些与通知对应的触控标识在本申请中被称为“动态触控标识”。 而在本申请的另一个实施例中，触控标识集群还可以包括“固定触控标识”或“预设触控标识”，其一直保留在触控标识集群中，并随相应的操作而显现在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上，该固定触控标识可以是对应一个应用程序，也可以对应一个应用程序的应用选项，其中，“应用选项”是指与该应用程序相关的功能、选项、或相关界面，例如付款码可以看做是支付宝应用的一个功能或选项，微信群聊“GROUP”也可以看做是微信应用的一个功能或选项。另外，“固定”是指即使用户通过固定触控标识打开了其对应的应用程序或应用选项，该固定触控标识也不会从触控标识集群中移除，且特别地，固定触控标识在触控标识集群中的位置顺序不会被动态的调整。然而，动态触控标识和固定触控标识，都可以基于用户的初始设置或用户在集群上对标识的拖拽实现位置顺序的调整。与动态触控标识类似，固定触控标识可以是触控点、触控条和触控图标等的形式。下文将对此有更加详细的描述。
以下将以包括动态触控标识和/或固定触控标识的触控标识集群为例，来进一步的描述本申请的实施例。
图6是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。请参见图6a-6d，当终端设备接收到多个通知，且用户未及时处理这些通知的内容时，终端设备在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503会保留，且还可隐藏地保留(即在后台保留)与这些通知对应的一个或多个触控标识，例如触控点或触控条或应用的触控图标。在图6a所示的实施例中，与未处理的通知对应的触控标识在显示屏301/501上隐藏，并在图6b或图6c或图6d所示的检测到用户操作后显示在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503处。在本申请的另一实施例中，与未处理的通知对应的触控标识一直显示在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503，并且不会不隐藏，以方便用户随时对通知进行处理，例如查看通知的内容或删除通知。
在图6a所示的实施例中，与未处理的通知对应的触控标识或触控标识集群在显示屏301/501上隐藏，这样不会对第一界面310/510的显示产生遮挡从而不会干扰用户在终端上的其他操作。当用户需要处理这些通知时，可以在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503处触碰，例如用户手指在侧边区域303/503上触摸、点击、长按或上滑等，当智能终端检测到相应的操作，会在侧边区域303/503显示触控标识集群，其中，显示的触控标识集群至少覆盖了第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上的一部分，应可理解，触控标识集群中可以有一个或多个触控标识，由于动态触控标识因其对应的通知被处理后从集群中消失，因收到新通知而添加到集群中，因此触控标识集群中的触控标识数量是动态的，可能有一个或多个触控标识，也可能没有触控标识。在本申请的一个实施例中，终端在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上检测到点击或触碰的操作，以显现触控标识集群。在本申请的另一实施例中，终端在侧边区域303/503上检测到点击或触碰的操作，不会显示触控标识集群，而仅在侧边区域303/503上检测到双击或者上滑一定距离的操作，才会显示触控标识集群，从而避免简易的操作频繁的引起误触碰而使得触控标识集群的频繁显现和隐藏，对终端上的其他操作造成干扰。在图 6b、6c、6d所示的实施例中，当智能终端检测到用户手指在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503处的触碰时，与未处理的通知对应的触控标识集群，例如触控点集群605，显现在侧边区域303/503上。在本申请的一个实施例中，触控标识集群显现于侧边区域上的固定位置，例如侧边区域303/503的中部、中部靠下、或中部靠上位置等，如图6b所示，触控点集群605的位置是固定的，用户操作手指的位置可能正好落入集群605的上面。
在本申请另一实施例中，在侧边区域303/503上检测到的触碰或进行预定操作的位置不一定落入触控点集群605上，但是并不影响该触控点集群605响应于该操作而显现。在本申请的另一实施例中，触控标识集群的显现位置根据终端在侧边区域上检测到的触碰或操作位置不同而不同，例如触控标识集群的显现位置跟随用户在侧边区域上触发的操作位置。具体地，触控标识集群605可以显现于距终端在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上检测到的触碰位置的上方一定距离处，如图6c和6d所示，触控点集群605的最下端T距检测到的触碰位置F(即用户手指在侧边显示区域303/503上的触摸位置)的垂直距离可以是预设高度L TF，具体来说，触控点集群605的最下端T在触碰位置F的上方隔开距离L TF处，基于所检测的触碰位置F不同，触控点集群605会显现在不同的位置。因此，无论用户的操作手指触碰到哪里，都不会对集群605造成遮挡，且用户只需将操作手指移动预定的距离就可以与集群605进行交互，利用操作惯性即可完成每一次的交互操作。具体地，当用户如图6d所示触碰侧边区域303/503的F0处时，触控点集群605显现且其底端在T0处，其中，T0在F0的上方并距离L0 TF。当用户从F0处上滑至或者抬手点击，集群605中的一触控点时，集群605的位置不再随用户的操作位置而改变，如图6e所示，而响应于用户的上滑或点击操作，相应的触控点(例如位于集群605首位的触控点)可具有动画显示，例如，放大、高亮、闪烁、移动等。
在本申请的一个实施例中，该预设高度L TF可以设置在一定的范围内，例如0cm≤L TF≤2cm；该预设高度L TF也可以设置为固定值，例如L TF＝0.5cm，即触控点集群605显示在侧边区域303/503的位置是其最下端T距检测到的触碰位置F的垂直上方距离为0.5cm的位置。应可理解，将预设高度L TF设置为0.5cm仅仅是作为示例性的，而不应作为对本申请的限制，在本申请的其他实施例中，L TF可以设置为其他数值，例如，0.3cm、1.2cm、2.0cm等等。在图6c和图6d所示的实施例中，触碰位置F可以是根据用户在侧边区域303/503上的触摸点而确定，例如用户在区域303/503的单击点、长按的触摸点、双击的两点中任一个等等。然而，应可理解，这不应作为对本申请的限制，在本申请的另一实施例中，触控点集群605根据用户在侧边区域303/503上的预定操作而显现，例如滑动一预设距离，当智能终端检测到区域303/503上的该预定操作时，则显示触控点集群605，触控点集群605显现的位置根据区域303/503上检测到的该滑动操作的起始位置、滑动操作的结束位置或滑动中间位置来确定。
在本申请的又一实施例中，当终端在区域303/503上检测到的触碰或预定操 作的位置在区域303/503的中上部，使得触控点集群605不能完整的显现于该触碰或操作位置上方距离L TF处时，终端将完整地显现触控点集群605，此时触控点集群605的显现位置可能与操作位置交叉，也可以在此时设置触控点集群605的显现位置为一预设位置，例如图6b所示的固定处。然而，应可理解，这不应作为对本申请的限制，在本申请的另一实施例中，当触控点集群605不能完整的显现于触碰或操作位置上方距离L TF处时，也可以仍然在其上方的该预定距离L TF处显现触控点集群605，此时显现的触控点集群605可以不是完整的，即受空间限制仅显示部分触控点，这个时候显示的部分触控点优选的是按照通知时间排序后的最近收到的通知所对应的触控点，或者优选的是系统判断为用户更感兴趣的通知。例如，用户可以预定义各个应用程序之间的优先级，并根据优先级在不完整的集群605中显示对应的触控点；用户也可以通过设定关键词来预定义应用程序之间的优先级，或者终端可以根据用户在各个应用程序的使用时间和频率来预判应用程序之间的优先级等等。又例如，终端还可以通过人工智能AI算法，来预判断新收到的通知的重要性，并根据通知的重要性优先在不完整的集群605中显示更重要的通知所对应的触控点，例如按照“非常重要”，“重要”，和“不重要”的顺序显示。
在本申请的任一上述实施例中，当触控点集群605因上述在侧边区域303/503上检测到的操作显现后，该触控点集群605的位置可以是固定的，以便用户开始处理相应的通知内容；或者该显现后的触控点集群605的位置还可以随后续检测到的操作再次改变或调整，以便将触控点集群605调整到更加便捷的位置再开始处理相应的通知内容。举例性的，当触控点集群605显现后，用户可以通过在触控点集群605的上下两端之间的位置上长按后上下滑动来调整触控点集群605在侧边区域303/503的上下位置。
以下将用触控点集群为例，对本申请的动态触控标识所对应的通知或应用的多个实施例进行详细的说明。
在本申请的一个实施例中，触控点集群包括动态触控点，其中每一个动态触控点分别对应一个不同的应用且分别表示一个该应用中最新收到的通知，例如，第一动态触控点对应于短信且表示最新收到的短信通知，第二动态触控点对应于微信且表示最新收到的一条微信通知，第三动态触控点对应于QQ且表示最新收到的一条QQ消息通知，等等。
在本申请的另一实施例中，触控点集群包括动态触控点，其中每一个动态触控点分别对应一个不同的应用且每一个动态触控点表示与该应用对应的一定数量以内的未处理通知(例如10个及以内的未处理通知)或与该应用对应的所有未处理的通知，例如，第一动态触控点对应于短信应用且表示未处理(例如，未查看或未回复等)的所有短信通知，第二动态触控点对应于微信应用且表示未处理(例如，未读或未回复)的所有微信通知，第三动态触控点对应于QQ应用且表示未处理(例如，未读或未回复)的所有QQ消息通知，等等。在此实施例中，可以对一个触控点对应的通知数量进行限制，例如，每一个动态触控点可以对应 于同一应用收到的不超过10条未处理通知的通知列表，且该不超过10条的未处理通知在通知列表中按照时间排序，当该应用中未处理的通知数量超过10条时，该动态触控点对应的通知列表中将剔除最旧的未处理通知并将最新的通知添加至列表最前端。应可理解，在此实施例中每一个动态触控点可以对应的通知数量仅作为示例性的，而不应作为对本申请的限制。
在本申请的又一实施例中，触控点集群包括动态触控点，其中每一个触控点对应于一个未读的推送内容，多个触控点可以分别对应于同一应用中收到的多个未处理的通知，例如，第一动态触控点和第二动态触控点都对应于短信应用且分别表示未处理的两则短信通知，第三动态触控点和第四动态触控点都对应于微信应用且分别表示未处理的两条微信通知，第五动态触控点和第六动态触控点都对应于QQ应用且分别表示未处理的两条QQ消息通知，等等。在此实施例中，可以对对应于同一应用的多个动态触控点的数量进行限制，例如同一应用可以对应于不超过3个动态触控点，即保留不超过3个未读通知，然而这并不作为对本申请的限制。
以上各实施例可以相互结合。其中，还可以设置集群中动态触控标识的最大数量，例如最多包括5个动态触控标识。
由于触控标识集群中的动态触控标识及其所对应的未处理通知都是动态的，即可以随着新的通知推送到终端而出现在触控标识集群中，也可以随着对应的通知被处理而从触控标识集群中消失，还可以随着新的通知推送到终端或者对应的通知被处理后而调整动态触控标识中的通知列表。因此，当智能终端已接收到多个，用户还未处理且需保留以供后续处理的通知时，终端在后台管理这些通知与触控标识的对应关系，以及在后台管理触控标识集群中的触控标识及其排序，以及每一个触控标识中的通知列表。在本申请的一个实施例中，与触控标识集群中的触控标识对应的通知或对应的通知列表中的通知，还可以分别映射到通知中心保留的各个通知，当用户在通知中心查看和/或处理了通知，或者从应用程序界面中查看和/或处理了通知，或者从触控标识集群处操作以查看和/或处理了通知时，与该通知映射的对应于触控标识或者通知中心的通知也会相应地被删除。触控标识集群中的触控标识可以按照终端接收到其对应的通知的时间顺序排列在触控标识集群中，也可以按照用户或系统预定义的顺序排列在触控标识集群中。举例说明，当触控标识集群按照通知的时间顺序排列时，最近收到的通知对应的触控标识排在集群中的首位或末位，相应地，最早收到的则排在集群中的末位或首位。本申请的实施例将以集群中从上到下为时间由近至远来举例说明集群中触控标识的更新和排序方法，即排在集群中更上方的触控标识中对应有更近收到的未处理通知。
具体地，在本申请的一个实施例中，可以设置触控标识集群中的动态触控标识数量不超过第一预定数值A1。基于该预定数值A1，对集群中的动态触控标识的排序方法，以及每个动态触控标识对应的通知的匹配方法，可以包括但不限于下列方式：
(一)当一个动态触控标识仅对应于一个应用的最新通知时；
a.终端判断一新收到的尚未处理且需要保留(即保留到终端的通知中心以及触控标识集群中)的通知N 1所对应的动态触控标识D 1不在当前的集群中，且当前集群的动态触控标识数量<A1时，终端将该动态触控标识D 1添加至集群中并排在集群的最上方，以表示该动态触控标识D 1对应该最新收到的通知N 1；
b.当终端判断一新收到的尚未处理且需要保留的通知N 1所对应的动态触控标识D 1不在当前的集群中，且当前集群的动态触控标识数量＝A1时，终端将从集群中移除排在最下方的动态触控标识D 0(被移除的动态触控标识D 0原本对应的未处理的通知N 0仍然保留在通知中心中以供用户查看/处理)，且被移除的动态触控标识D 0不再对应该未处理的通知N 0(即当动态触控标识D 0基于终端新收到的通知N 0’而被再次添加至触控标识集群中且通知N 0尚未被处理时，动态触控标识D 0将仅对应于新的未处理的通知N 0’，而通知N 0被保留在终端的通知中心直至被处理)，同时，将动态触控标识D 1添加至集群中并排在集群的最上方，以表示该动态触控标识D 1对应该最新收到的通知N 1；
c.当终端判断一新收到的尚未处理且需要保留的通知N 1所对应的动态触控标识D 1已经在当前的集群中显示时，终端将该动态触控标识D 1对应的原始通知N 1’替换为该新通知N 1(被替换的通知N 1’仍然保留在通知中心中以供用户查看直至被处理)，并将该动态触控标识D 1调整排序以排在集群的最上方，以表示该动态触控标识D 1中对应该最新收到的通知N 1。
(二)当一个动态触控标识对应于一个应用的多个通知，即对应于一个应用的通知列表时，其中，该通知列表中的通知按时间排序，且动态触控标识按其通知列表中最新通知的时间在集群中排序；
a.终端判断一新收到的尚未处理且需要保留(即保留到终端的通知中心以及触控标识集群中)的通知N 2所对应的动态触控标识D 2不在当前的集群中，且当前集群的动态触控标识数量<A1时，终端将该动态触控标识D 2添加至集群中并排在集群的最上方，此时该动态触控标识D 2对应的通知列表中只有该最新收到的通知N 2；
b.当终端判断一新收到的尚未处理且需要保留的通知N 2所对应的动态触控标识D 2不在当前的集群中，且当前集群的动态触控标识数量＝A1时，终端将从集群中移除排在最下方的动态触控标识D 0并将该动态触控标识D 0对应的通知列表清空(被移除的动态触控标识D 0原本对应的通知列表中的所有未处理的通知仍然保 留在通知中心中以供用户查看/处理；且当终端再接收到与该动态触控标识D 0对应的通知N 0时，再次被添加至触控标识集群中的标识D 0对应的通知列表中将只有该新通知N 0)，同时，将该动态触控标识D 2添加至集群中并排在集群的最上方，此时该动态触控标识D 2对应的通知列表中只有该最新收到的通知N 2；
c.当终端判断一新收到的尚未处理且需要保留的通知N 2所对应的动态触控标识D 2已经在当前的集群中显示时，终端将该动态触控标识D 2对应的通知列表更新以包含通知N 2，并将该动态触控标识D 2调整排序以排在集群的最上方，以表示该动态触控标识D 2中对应该最新收到的通知N 2。
其中，在本申请的一个实施例中，动态触控标识D 2对应的通知列表中的通知数量不超过第三预定数值A3，因此，
i)当该动态触控标识D 2对应的通知列表当前包含的通知数量<A3时，将该通知N 2添加至该通知列表并排在列表的最上方，以表示这是该通知列表中最新收到的通知；
ii)当该动态触控标识D 2对应的通知列表当前包含的通知数量＝A3时，将该通知列表中最早收到的通知N 0’从列表中移除(被移除的通知N 0’仍然保留在通知中心中以供用户查看/处理)，并将该最新收到的通知N 2添加至该通知列表并排在列表的最上方。
(三)当多个动态触控标识对应于一个应用，且每个动态触控标识对应于该应用的一个通知时；
a.当终端判断新收到的通知N 3未处理且需保留时，且判断当前集群的动态触控标识数量<A1，则将该通知N 3所对应的动态触控标识D 3添加至集群中并排在集群的最上方，以表示该动态触控标识D 3中对应该最新收到的通知N 3；
b.当终端判断新收到的通知N 3未处理且需保留时，且判断当前集群的动态触控标识数量＝A1，则将从集群中移除排在最下方的动态触控标识D 0，其对应最早收到的通知N。，并将该通知N 3所对应的动态触控标识D 3添加至集群中并排在集群的最上方，以表示该动态触控标识D 3中对应该最新收到的通知N 3。
以下将用触控点集群为例，对本申请的固定触控标识所对应的通知或内容或功能的多个实施例进行详细的说明。
在本申请的一个实施例中，触控点集群包括固定触控点，其中每一个固定触控点分别对应于一个预定的应用，或者多个固定触控点对应于一个预定应用的多个应用选项，例如，第一固定触控点对应于微信应用，并表示微信应用中未处理的微信通知，第二固定触控点对应于微信应用中名为“GROUP”的群聊，并表 示该群聊收到的所有微信信息或未处理的微信通知，第三固定触控点对应于短信应用中与联系人“妈妈”的所有短消息或者未处理的短信通知，等等。
在本申请的另一实施例中，触控点集群包括固定触控点，其中每一个固定触控点分别对应于一个预定应用的多个应用选项预定内容或功能，例如，第一固定触控点对应于支付宝应用，并表示支付宝的付款码、收款码、和扫一扫三个功能选项，第二固定触控点对应于中英翻译应用，并表示对当前复制内容的快捷翻译窗口，第三固定触控点表示微信应用中名为“123”、“321”的两个群聊选项，等等。
在本申请的又一实施例中，触控点集群中的固定触控点也可以对应于一个预定应用的未处理通知或未处理通知列表。例如，第一固定触控点对应于微信的未读通知列表，此时微信应用收到的新通知将不以动态触控点的形式保留于集群中，而用户对该第一固定触控点的操作可以对微信的未读通知进行查看和/或处理，且当这些未读的微信通知被查看/处理后，第一固定触控点仍然保留于触控点集群中。
用户可以自定义触控标识集群中的固定触控标识所对应的应用选项，如特定内容或特定功能，以便随时查看和/或其关注的应用收到的通知的至少一部分，或者随时打开其高频使用的应用的某个功能。与动态触控标识相似，多个固定触控标识可以对应于不同或相同的应用的通知，或者对应于不同或相同的应用的内容或功能。也可以对固定触控标识的数量进行限制，例如不超过第二预定数值A2。然而，不同于动态触控标识的是，固定动态标识不因其对应的通知都被设为“已处理”而从触控标识集群中移除，也不随终端收到其对应通知的时间顺序而在触控标识集群中调整固定触控标识的排序，也就是说固定触控标识是相对地固定于触控标识集群中的，随触控标识集群的显现而显现，消失而消失。在本申请的一个实施例中，固定触控标识在触控标识集群中的显示可以按照用户自定义的顺序排序显示，也可以按照用户在固定触控标识上的操作而新增其他固定触控标识，或移除已有固定触控标识，以使集群中的固定触控标识数量不超过A2。举例说明，当用户触发侧边区域的触控标识集群显示后，用户可以在集群的热区中三连击从而进入集群编辑模式，在该模式中，用户可以添加新的固定触控标识、移除现有的动态和/或固定触控标识、编辑固定触控标识与应用或应用选项的对应关系、等等。应可理解，对动态触控标识和/或固定触控标识的编辑/设置不应作为对本发明的限制。
以上各实施例可以相互结合。例如，触控标识集群即包括对应通知的固定触控标识，也包括对应预定内容或功能的固定触控标识。又例如，触控标识集群即包括上述动态触控标识，也包括上述固定触控标识。以下将结合图7对包括动态和固定触控标识的集群实施例进行详细的说明。
图7是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。在图7d的实施例中示出了触控点集群和触控图标集群的示例。如图7d所示，触控点集群700a和触控图标集群700b分别包括动态触控点集群701a、固定触控点集群702a、动 态触控图标集群701b和固定触控图标702b。其中，动态触控点集群701a或动态图标集群701b可以包括不超过第一预定数值A1的触控点或触控图标，而固定触控点集群702a或固定触控图标集群702b可以包括第二预定数值A2的触控点或图标，其中A1、A2为整数，且A1≥0，A2≥0。当终端接收到多个通知且用户都未处理时，可以根据第一和第二预定数值A1和A2、和/或收到这些通知的时间顺序，在终端的后台来管理与这些通知对应的触控标识，前文已经对此进行了详细的描述，此处不再赘述。根据本申请的一个实施例，该第一预定数值A1和第二预定数值A2可以设置为相同数值，也可以设置为不同数值，例如，设为3、5、7等。示例性的，当A1＝A2＝3时，表示动态触控点集群701a或动态触控图标701b分别可以包括0～3(包含0和3)个动态触控标识，而固定触控点集群702a或固定触控图标702b可以包括3个固定触控标识，其中动态触控标识的数量如前述是在0到3之间(包含0和3)动态调整的。
在本申请的一个实施例中，终端在第一界面310/510的左侧或者右侧的侧边区域303/503上检测到用户操作后，动态触控标识集群701a/701b和固定触控标识集群702a/702b可以显示于检测到操作的那一侧；也可以分别显示于第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上的左侧和右侧，如动态触控标识集群显示在左侧的侧边区域，固定触控标识集群显示在右侧的侧边区域；还可以同时显示于第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上的左侧和右侧，如在左侧显示动态触控标识集群和固定触控标识集群，在右侧也显示动态触控标识集群和固定触控标识集群。
如图7a所示，第一界面310/510显示于显示屏301/501中，当智能终端在第一界面310/510的右侧区域703R上检测到用户操作时，触控图标集群700b中的动态触控图标集群701b和固定触控图标集群702b显示于右侧区域703R，如图7b所示，以方便用户继续在右侧与集群进行交互，保证了用户操作的连续性，也最大程度的降低了用户的操作幅度。
如图7c所示，当智能终端在第一界面310/510的右侧区域703R上检测到相应操作时，动态触控图标集群701b显示于第一界面310/510的右侧区域703R，而固定触控图标集群702b显示于第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L，在左右侧区分动态和固定触控标识的显示，有利于用户快速找到其需要交互的触控标识，并更加快捷的处理触控标识对应的通知和内容。在图7c所示的一个实施例中，当用户需要查看动态触控图标集群701b时，可以在第一界面310/510的右侧区域703R上进行相关操作，例如触摸、点击、长按或滑动等，以显示动态触控图标集群701b，此时固定触控图标集群702b不显示；当用户需要查看固定触控图标集群702b时，可以在第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L上进行相关操作，以显示固定触控图标集群702b，此时动态触控图标集群701b不显示。在图7c所示的另一个实施例中，无论用户在左侧或右侧显示区域703L、703R上进行触碰等相关操作，动态触控图标集群701b和固定触控图标集群702b都会同时显现在显示屏301/501上，并分别显现在第一界面310/510的左侧或右侧，以方便用户选择其中的某一个触控图标进行相关操作。
在本申请另一实施例中，当智能终端在第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L或者右侧区域703R上检测到相应操作时，触控图标集群700b，包括动态触控图标集群701b和固定触控图标集群702b可以同时显示于该左侧区域703L以及该右侧区域703R上，左右两侧的触控图标集群700b可以是复制或镜像地显示两侧，以便用户在任意一侧进行相应操作都可以得到一致的结果。当用户使用智能终端横屏观看视频，或当用户使用大屏的智能终端，例如平板电脑、折叠屏终端，通常用户在双手持握这些终端时，响应于用户在侧边的操作，当前界面的左右两侧可以同时显现触控标识集群，以供用户在两侧都可以进行集群的交互，降低了用户在使用这些终端时在某一侧操作的难度，也减少了用户的操作幅度和频次，例如用户在左侧与集群交互时，发现左手不再方便进行后续操作，可以直接在右侧重新开始交互，而无需再次从右侧唤醒集群以使其开始显现在右侧区域。
在本申请的另一实施例中，智能终端的显示屏可以是折叠屏，包括一个或多个显示屏，如图7d和7e所示。该一个或多个显示屏配合折叠屏的展开与折叠以显示第一界面的内容。当折叠屏如图7d所示在折叠状态时，其中一个显示屏或一个显示屏的一部分显示第一界面310，且该第一界面310包括侧边区域303，显示于显示屏的左侧和/或右侧。当折叠屏如图7e所示在展开状态时，其中该一个或多个显示屏显示第三界面710，第三界面710与第一界面310对应，且该第三界面710也包括侧边区域700L和700R，并显示于展开后的显示屏的左侧和/或右侧。应可理解，在本申请的实施例中，无论折叠屏在展开状态还是折叠状态下，其显示屏的一部分、或其显示屏的整体部分、或其联合显示的多个显示屏，显示上述第一界面310或第三界面710时，其侧边区域指的是，当用户正常查看该第一界面310或第三界面710的方向时，位于该第一界面310或第三界面710左侧和/或右侧的区域。
请再次参考图7d和7e示出的具有折叠屏701的终端700。具体地，折叠屏701可以是一个可弯折的柔性显示屏，也可以是通过铰链拼接的两个显示屏。在图7d和图7e所示的实施例中，折叠屏701是可弯折的柔性显示屏，具有弯折显示区域703。当折叠屏701在折叠状态下显示第一界面310时，该第一界面310的侧边区域303的至少一部分显示于弯折显示区域703。如图7d所示，折叠屏701处于折叠状态，响应于用户在侧边的触发操作，在第一界面310的侧边区域303上显示触控图标集群700b，该触控图标集群700b可以显示于弯折显示区域703上(如图中的触控图标集群700b’)，也可以显示于第一界面310不在弯折显示区域703上的侧边区域(如图中的触控图标集群700b)。
从图7d到图7e，当用户操作使得折叠屏701由折叠状态(图7d)到展开状态(图7e)时，折叠状态下的第一界面310相应地切换为展开状态下的第三界面710，且该触控图标集群700b在展开状态下切换为同时显示于该第三界面710的左侧区域700L和右侧区域700R上，应注意，此处的左侧区域700L和右侧区域700R指的是，当用户在正常查看该第三界面710的方向时，位于该第三界面710左侧的左侧区域700L，和位于该第三界面710右侧的右侧区域700R。
当用户再次操作使得该折叠屏701由展开状态(图7e)回到折叠状态(图7d)时，触控图标集群700b恢复如图7d的显示，即仅显示于第一界面310一侧上。由于折叠屏701在图7d的折叠状态下更加适合用户单手操作，而在图7e的展开状态下通常需要用户双手操作，因此折叠屏上显示的触控图标集群，通过在折叠状态和展开状态下切换显示，可以进一步提高用户操作的便捷性，优化用户的体验感受。
上述实施例列举了集群已被触发显示后，集群会根据折叠屏的折叠状态或展开状态，调整为单侧显示或双侧显示，应可理解，在本申请另一实施例中，集群还被隐藏时，当用户在终端是折叠状态下触发集群显示时，集群可以是单侧显示，而当用户在终端是展开状态下触发集群显示时，集群可以是双侧显示。
如前所述，动态集群701a/701b和固定集群702a/702b包含的触控点或触控图标对应于某应用的通知，或者某应用的应用选项。举例说明，动态集群701a/701b中的动态触控标识对应的通知可以是例如：微信、新闻热点、会议邀请、闹钟提醒等通知或其它的应用的通知或提醒，而固定集群702a/702b中的固定触控标识对应的应用选项可以是例如：微信中某联系人的快捷聊天窗口、浏览器的一个链接页面、支付宝付款码或扫一扫功能、图库照片、日程提醒等等应用的内容或应用的功能。关于动态触控标识和固定触控标识与通知、内容、功能的对应关系，以及触控标识的排序等，已经在前述实施例中进行了详细的说明，此处不再赘述。
应可理解，对于动态触控标识集群中可以保留哪一类应用的标识，以及保留该应用的哪一类未处理的通知，以及固定触控标识集群中应该固定哪一个或哪一些应用的标识，以及固定该应用的哪一些内容或功能，这些都是用户在智能终端的系统内可以设置的，例如用户可以选择添加关注应用以使其对应的标识可以被添加至动态触控标识集群或固定触控标识集群中，用户还可以对现有的关注应用进行编辑以变更关注的应用列表，用户也可以对触控标识集群中触控标识的数量进行设置和分配。此外，除了在智能终端的系统内进行如上设置，也可以为用户提供快捷的设置接口、或编辑方式，以使得在其它界面下进行上述设置和/或编辑，例如当集群显示于第一界面时，在集群显示的区域上可以对集群中的触控标识进行快捷的编辑。对集群的设置，以及对集群中显示的触控标识的编辑，仅是示例性的，不应作为对本申请的限制。
在图7a和图7b所示的实施例中，如果动态触控标识数量的第一预定数值A1＝5，则表示动态触控图标集群701b中最多可以显示5个触控图标，基于该第一预定数值A1为5，对动态触控图标集群中的动态触控图标的排序方法，以及每个动态触控图标对应的通知的匹配方法，可以参考前述实施例，例如：当新收到短信通知对应的短信触控图标7010已经在集群701b中显示时，该短信通知将更新至短信触控图标7010中，并且短信触控图标7010将排在集群701b的最上方，以根据时间顺序从上至下排列未处理的通知，方便用户查看；当与新收到的淘宝优惠通知对应的淘宝触控图标不存在于当前的动态图标集群701b，且集 群701b中的图标数量＜5时，则将淘宝触控图标新增到集群701b的最上方，并随集群701b的显现而显现，随其消失而消失，当用户开始查看未处理的通知时，则会显示最新收到的该淘宝优惠通知，以供用户处理；当动态图标集群701b中的图标数量＝5，且新收到的淘宝优惠通知所对应的淘宝触控图标尚不存在于集群701b中时，将集群701b中最下方的短信触控图标从集群中移除，并将淘宝触控图标新增到集群701b的最上方，从而方便用户处理相对较新的通知内容。这是因为用户很长时间都没有处理的通知或消息通常是比较不感兴趣或不重要的内容。对于新收到的短信通知和短信触控图标7010的其他匹配方式，以及加入到短信触控图标7010中通知列表的情况，前文对此有详细的描述，此处不再赘述。
应可理解，本申请并不因通知的接收时间以及按时间排序的方法而受限制，在本申请的一些实施例中，动态集群701a和701b中可以保留用户更感兴趣的内容而不按通知的接收时间排序，例如用户可以预定义各个应用程序之间的优先级，以在收到一个应用的新通知时根据优先级高而将该应用对应的触控图标保留在动态集群701a和701b中，并根据优先级低而不保留到集群中，用户也可以通过设定关键词来预定义应用程序之间的优先级，或者终端可以根据用户在各个应用程序的使用时间和频率来判断应用程序之间的优先级等等。终端还可以通过，例如人工智能AI算法，来预判断新收到的通知的重要性，并根据通知的重要性对与其对应的触控图标进行排序，例如按照“非常重要”，“重要”，和“不重要”的顺序依次从上到下排列在集群中。应可理解，以上描述的触控点集群701a、702a，和/或触控图标集群701b、702b在后台的排序规则仅仅是作为示例性的，而不应作为对本申请的限制。
在上述图6b-6d或图7b-7c的场景下，即当触控标识集群，如触控点集群或触控图标集群显现于侧边显示区域303/503时，用户可以对该触控标识集群中的每一个触控标识进行操作，当智能终端检测到触控标识集群以及任一触控标识上的相应操作时，可以显示对应的界面以使用户可以对每一个触控标识所对应的通知内容进行处理。
以下结合图8说明本申请中与触控标识集群进行交互的场景。
图8是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。图8将以用户触碰左侧区域，并只在左侧区域显示触控标识集群为例，详细描述用户与集群的交互。其中，触控标识集群包括动态和固定触控标识，动态触控标识对应于未处理的通知，固定触控标识对应于应用程序的应用选项。
在图3d所示的实施例中，短信通知未处理，则标识305隐藏在侧边。此时，请参考图8a所示的实施例，当终端检测到第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上的第一操作后，侧边区域303/503上出现显示反馈，例如触控标识集群显现，该触控标识集群可以包含动态触控图标和固定触控图标，例如短信触控标识305。其中，触控标识集群包括一个或多个标识，该一个或多个标识的显示可以是同时的，也可以是由下到上，或者由上到下依次显示在侧边区域的。如图所示，包括 短信触控标识305的触控图标集群700b显现在第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L上。在本申请的一个实施例中，若在一预定时间内，未检测到触控标识集群上的进一步操作，该触控标识集群再次从侧边区域303/503上消失，该预定时间可以例如是2s或5s。在本申请的另一实施例中，即使没有检测到进一步的操作，触控标识集群不消失直至显示屏息屏。
如图8b所示，终端进一步检测到触控图标集群700b热区上的第二操作，触控图标集群700b中的每一个触控图标由第一尺寸被放大到第二尺寸显示，即在图8b中显示为放大的触控图标集群800b，以方便用户查看感兴趣的应用的触控图标，例如短信触控图标305放大为标识82显示，其中，放大后的触控图标集群800b相较于放大前的触控图标集群700b向远离侧边区域的方向移动，也就是说放大后的触控图标集群800b相较于放大前的触控图标集群700b向靠近第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506的方向移动，或者说向靠近显示屏301/501的中间或中心点移动，此时，第一界面310/510上的其他区域可以是半透明的状态。在本申请的一个实施例中，若在一预定时间内，未检测到触控标识集群上的进一步操作，该放大显示的触控标识集群800b可以缩小回触控图标集群700b，或者直接从侧边区域303/503上消失，同时，第一界面310/510不再呈现半透明的状态，其中，该预定时间可以例如是2s或5s。类似地，在本申请的另一实施例中，即使没有检测到进一步的操作，放大的触控标识集群不缩小或者不消失，直至显示屏息屏。
在本申请的一个实施例中，用户在放大后的触控图标集群800b上操作，可以打开相应的应用程序界面，例如，当用户点击固定触控标识，支付宝触控图标81时，则支付宝应用界面打开，如图8e所示，或者响应于该点击操作，支付宝的付款码界面打开。其中，该支付宝应用界面或付款码界面可以显示于显示屏301/501的完整显示区域上，也可以显示于显示屏301/501的部分显示区域上。当用户点击动态触控标识，短信触控图标82时，则短信应用界面打开或者新收到的短信界面打开，例如上述图3c或图3e所显示的界面。在该实施例中，当用户进一步在打开了的应用程序界面上再次触发显示触控图标集群时，重新显示的可以是放大前的触控图标集群700b，也可以直接是放大后的触控图标集群800b，以接续用户的操作。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，用户在放大后的触控图标集群800b上操作，可以打开与未处理的通知、或与应用选项相关的详情卡片。请参考图8c，终端检测到在该放大的触控图标集群800b热区上的第三操作，例如检测到对该放大的触控图标集群800b中的支付宝触控图标81的相应操作，则支付宝触控图标81进一步由第二尺寸被放大到第三尺寸显示，并弹出与该触控图标81对应的应用选项卡片，如付款码卡片810，以供用户付款扫码，其中放大后的支付宝触控图标81相较于放大前的支付宝触控图标81向远离侧边区域303/503的方向移动，或者说向靠近第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506的方向移动，又或者说向靠近显示屏301/501的中间或中心点的方向移动，并且放大后的支付宝触控图标81 可以覆盖第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506的一部分。在本申请的一个实施例中，终端检测到对该放大的触控图标集群800b中的支付宝触控图标81的相应操作(第三操作)时，支付宝触控图标81以第一放大系数由第二尺寸放大到第三尺寸显示，而与支付宝触控图标81邻近的一个或多个触控图标，例如短信触控图标82和日程触控图标802则以第二放大系数由第二尺寸放大到第四尺寸显示，进一步地，与触控图标82、802邻近的其他触控图标还可以第三放大系数以由第二尺寸放大到第五尺寸显示。其中，第一放大系数大于第二放大系数，第二放大系数大于第三放大系数，即第三尺寸大于第四尺寸，第四尺寸大于第五尺寸。在本申请的另一实施例中，终端检测到对该放大的触控图标集群800b中的支付宝触控图标81的相应操作(第三操作)时，支付宝触控图标81以第一移动距离向远离第一界面310/510的侧面区域303/503移动，而与支付宝触控图标81邻近触控图标，短信触控图标82和日程触控图标802则以第二移动距离向远离第一界面310/510的侧面区域303/503移动，进一步地，与触控图标82、802邻近的其他触控图标还可以第三移动距离向远离第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503移动。其中，第一移动距离大于第二移动距离，第二移动距离大于第三移动距离。
终端进一步检测到在该放大的触控图标集群800b热区上的第四操作，例如检测到对该放大的触控图标集群800b中的短信触控图标82的相应操作。其中，由于支付宝触控图标81属于触控图标集群中的固定触控图标，其不因对应的应用选项卡片，如付款码卡片被显示(从而被查看和/或处理)而从固定触控图标集群中剔除，因此支付宝触控图标81此时由第三尺寸被缩小到第二尺寸显示于触控图标集群800b中，且付款码卡片810被相应地隐藏。响应于该第四操作，短信触控图标82进一步由第二尺寸被放大到第三尺寸显示，并弹出内容详情卡片，例如短信卡片820以供用户查看并处理短消息，如图8d所示，其中该短信卡片820中可以显示对应的短信通知的内容，或者显示与该短信通知对应的短消息，由于该短信通知的内容可能不包含该短消息的全部内容，因此用户可以在该短信卡片上交互以查看该短信通知的详情内容。放大后的短信触控图标82的显示区域相较于放大前的短信触控图标82的显示区域远离第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503，或者说更靠近第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506，也就是更靠近显示屏301/501的中间或中心点，并且可以覆盖第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506的一部分。
在本申请的一个实施例中，若在一预定时间内，未检测到卡片上的进一步操作，该弹出的卡片可以从显示屏上消失，且该放大的触控图标或触控图标集群可以相应的缩小或隐藏，同时，第一界面310/510不再呈现半透明的状态，其中，该预定时间可以例如是2s或5s。在本申请的另一实施例中，即使没有检测到在该卡片上的进一步操作，卡片仍然会一直显示直至显示屏息屏。有利的是，本申请的上述实施例可以结合，例如，对于固定触控图标对应的卡片，即使未检测到进一步的操作，该卡片可以一直显示，例如支付宝的付款码卡片810，以方便用户使用付款码的应用选项；而对于动态触控图标对应的卡片，如果没有检测到进 一步的操作，则预定时间达到后，该卡片消失，例如短信卡片820。
若终端进一步检测到该短信卡片820上的第五操作，终端可以打开与短信触控图标82对应的短信应用程序以进行后续处理，或者终端可以打开与该短信卡片820对应的回复窗口以回复该短消息，又或者终端可以打开短信应用的界面与第一界面310/510的分屏显示界面以进行多任务处理。类似地，若终端进一步检测到该支付宝付款码卡片810上的操作，例如在卡片810上的功能键811(包括但不限于“扫码”、“乘车码”、“收钱”、“转账”的功能)，终端可以打开与支付宝触控图标81对应的支付宝应用程序以使用该功能。其中，由于短信触控图标82属于动态触控图标集群中的动态触控图标，其会因对应的所有短信通知被处理后而被从动态图标集群中移除，因此，若终端检测到短信卡片820上的操作，并相应地显示短信应用相关界面后，短信触控图标82会相应地从触控图标集群800b中消失，而与该短信卡片820相关的短信通知也从通知中心中删除。若终端没有检测到短信卡片820上的操作，并且检测到了用户在集群中其他触控图标上的操作时，短信触控图标82也可以相应地从触控图标集群800b中消失，类似地，与该短信卡片820相关的短信通知也从通知中心中删除，这是因为短信卡片820打开并显示代表用户已经查看了该短信通知。在本申请的一个实施例中，若用户打开一短信卡片820并且该卡片显示时间达到预定时间(2s)，用户才从短信触控图标82滑到其他触控图标上操作，则短信触控图标82消失且相应的短信通知删除；若用户打开该短信卡片820不到2s的时间，用户就滑到或点击其他触控图标上，则短信触控图标82不会消失且相应的短信通知不会被删除。应可理解，本申请提到的预定时间，可以是系统自带的，也可以由用户自定义。当用户快速滑过卡片时，认为与该卡片相应的通知内容尚未被用户查看，该通知仍可以保留，而当用户在卡片上停留足够场的时间后，认为与该卡片相应的通知内容已经被用户查看，该通知可以不再保留。在本申请的又一实施例中，只要卡片被打开并基于用户的后续操作再次消失时，与该卡片相应的触控图标就从集群中消失，且对应的通知从通知中心删除，因为被用户快速滑过的卡片被认为是不重要的通知，因此与其相关的触控图标不必一直保留于侧边区域的集群中。在某一内容详情卡片弹出之后，例如图8d中的短信卡片820，若终端检测到在该短信卡片820上的第六操作，可以将该短信卡片820移除，即将该短信卡片820中的短信通知从短信触控图标82所对应的通知列表中移除，同时也从终端的通知中心中删除。若短信触控图标82中没有未处理的通知，短信触控图标82相应地从触控图标集群中移除；若短信触控图标82中还有未处理的通知，短信触控图标82保留，此时，短信触控图标82由第三尺寸恢复/缩小到第二尺寸，即恢复图8b的显示。在本申请的一个实施例中，响应于该第六操作，终端还可以进一步的删除该通知对应的短消息，并且响应于该删除操作，该短信触控图标82从集群消失(该短信触控图标82没有其他对应的未处理通知时)，和/或该短信通知从通知中心中删除，和/或图4e所示的短消息应用412a的角标411a消失，和/或图4f所示的通知栏/任务栏412b中的短信图标411b消失，且与短信通知对应的这一 则短消息从短信应用中删除，和/或从系统中删除。
在某一详情卡片弹出之后，例如图8d中的短信卡片820，若终端检测到该短信卡片820和触控图标集群热区之外的区域上的第七操作，则短信卡片820消失。在本申请的一个实施例中，响应于该第七操作，短信触控图标82由第三尺寸恢复到第二尺寸显示，并保留在触控图标集群800b中(即恢复图8b的显示)，若一段时间后，例如2秒后，终端没有检测到触控图标集群800b的热区上的任何操作，则触控图标集群800b进一步缩小到第一尺寸的触控图标集群700b(即恢复图8a的显示)，若终端在随后一段时间，例如1秒，仍未检测到集群热区上的操作，则触控图标集群700b在左侧区域703L上隐藏，即恢复到如图6a所示的第一界面310/510的显示。在本申请的另一实施例中，响应于该第七操作，触控图标集群可以即刻恢复到第一尺寸的触控图标集群700b(即刻恢复图8a的显示)，或者触控图标集群可以即刻隐藏于左侧区域703L(即刻恢复图6a的显示)，以方便用户在第一界面310/510上操作，而不会被侧边区域303/503上的触控标识集群干扰。
上述与触控标识集群交互的第一操作到第七操作可以是触碰操作、滑动操作、双击操作、长按操作、捏合操作、压力操作、指纹操作及其结合的操作，或者是上述操作与人脸识别的结合，且第一操作至第五操作可以是相同或不同的操作，或者其中多个操作可以合并为一个操作。
虽然在图8所示的实施例中，触控图标集群中的触控图标可以由第一尺寸放大到第二尺寸以供用户查看，并当用户选定触控图标后，该触控图标可以进而由第二尺寸被放大到第三尺寸，以更加明显的显示用户想要处理的通知所对应的应用图标。然而，应可理解，触控图标集群也可以不因相应地操作而被放大显示，或者在相应地图标被选定后，仅放大该单个图标，例如由第一尺寸直接放大到第三尺寸显示。在图8a中显示出触控图标集群后，用户选择一个触控图标，例如当用户直接点击短信触控图标时，则显示界面由图8a切换到图8d。即短信触控图标直接由第一尺寸放大为第三尺寸，即触控图标在两种尺寸之间切换，没有第三种尺寸。
示例性的，当终端检测到第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上的触碰(即第一操作)，触控图标集群700b显现于左侧区域703L，其中每一个动态触控图标和固定触控图标具有第一尺寸，如图8a所示；在检测到触碰后的一定预设时间内，例如3秒内，若终端检测到左侧区域703L上的上滑操作，例如上滑一定预设距离或者上滑至触控图标集群700b的热区范围内(即第二操作)，触控图标集群700b中的每一个触控图标向远离第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503的方向移动并放大到上述第二尺寸显示，如图8b所示的触控图标集群800b；随后，若终端检测到在放大的触控图标集群800b上的滑动操作并且检测到滑动操作在触控图标集群800b中的支付宝触控图标81附近(即第三操作)，或者终端检测到在放大的触控图表集群800b上的点击操作，特别是对支付宝触控图标81的点击操作(即第三操作)，该支付宝触控图标81进一步向正面区域306/506的方向 单独移动并放大到第三尺寸显示，同时在该放大的支付宝触控图标81侧边相应地弹出支付宝付款码卡片810，如图8c所示；终端进一步检测到滑动操作，并从支付宝触控图标81处继续向上或向下滑动到短信触控图标82附近(即第四操作)，或者终端进一步检测到用户从支付宝触控图标81处抬起并点击短信触控图标82(即第四操作)，支付宝触控图标81由第三尺寸缩小/恢复为第二尺寸，相应地支付宝付款码卡片810消失，而短信触控图标82进一步向正面区域306/506的方向移动并由第二尺寸放大到第三尺寸显示，并相应地弹出短信卡片820，如图8d所示；当终端检测到该短信卡片820上的点击操作(即第五操作)，显示屏301/501上显示短信的应用程序界面，如图3c所示，以处理该短信卡片820上的短消息，或者当终端检测到该短信卡片820上的长按操作(即第五操作)，显示屏301/501上显示短信的应用程序界面与第一界面310/510的分屏显示界面，如图3f所示，以进行多任务处理，在所述第五操作后，终端判断该短信触控图标82是动态图标且已没有对应的未处理通知，则将该短信触控图标82从触控图标集群700b/800b中移除；当终端在图8d的场景下，检测到该短信卡片820上的右滑操作(即第六操作)，该短信卡片820从显示屏301/501移出，且短信触控图标82对应的通知列表更新，或者该短信触控图标82可能从触控图标集群800b中消失；当终端在图8c或图8d的场景下，检测到在触控图标集群800b以及该支付宝付款码卡片810或短信卡片820之外的区域上的点击操作(即第七操作)，则该支付宝付款码卡片810或短信卡片820消失，且支付宝触控图标81或短信触控图标82由第三尺寸缩小/恢复为第二尺寸并保留在图标集群800b中。应可理解，上述对用户和触控标识集群交互的第一操作至第七操作的描述仅作为本申请的一个示例，而不能作为对本申请的限定。同时应可理解，上述第一操作至第七操作不分先后顺序，例如第四操作并不一定发生于第三操作之后，第七操作也并不一定发生于第五和第六操作之后。
在本申请的一个实施例中，在检测到上述第二操作以放大显示触控图标集群700b，以及随后在放大的触控图标集群800b，其中的触控图标或触控图标所对应的应用选项卡片或详情卡片上进行任何操作时，原第一界面310/510可以进行模糊处理，或附加蒙片处理，该蒙片可以是应用提供的图片，也可以是用户预定义的图片等。在本申请一个实施例中，该模糊处理可以是渐变的，例如在由图8a到图8b的过程中渐渐模糊，并由图8b到图8c的过程中渐渐地更加模糊，也就是说，图8c和图8d所示的第一界面310/510，比图8b所示的第一界面310/510更加模糊。
在本申请的实施例中提到的触控点集群或图标集群的“热区”是指用户在触控点集群或触控图标集群上可以进行操作的交互区域，该交互区域通常在显现的触控点集群或触控图标集群处及集群的附近。在本申请的实施例中提到的“详情卡片”和“应用选项卡片”是指与本申请的“动态触控标识”和/或“固定触控标识”进行交互后显示的卡片，该卡片是包含一定信息或功能按键的控制类或查看类窗口、浮窗或弹框，例如系统中的快捷开关设置、时钟、便签、天气、日历、 以及第三方应用程序，如音乐类、即时新闻类的相关窗口(或浮窗或弹框)。通常该窗口(或浮窗或弹框)的显示仅占据智能终端显示屏中的一部分。如图8c和8d所示，卡片810和820显示在显示屏301/501的中间部分，作为上层的浮窗显示并可以覆盖了下层界面的一部分，此时卡片810和820上的功能按键优先于其已覆盖的区域的功能按键。本申请实施例中的卡片的底层实现可以是负一屏(或Hiboard)、智能桌面助理，卡片页，widget小部件，或控件的一种，或与以上所述技术的底层实现类似或其结合。由于上述技术已经在本领域发展多年，其所提供的主要内容或主要功能，例如：全局搜索(网页、设置、应用、视频、文件、联系人、短信、邮件、应用功能等)、快捷入口(付款码、微信扫一扫、微信名片、公交卡、便签、日程等)、即时信息及提醒(快递信息、支出信息、通勤路况、打车出行信息、日程信息等)、关注动态(足球看台、篮球看台、股票信息等)、最近常用(最近图片、文档、联系人、应用等)这些日常生活场景及办公场景等等，已为本领域技术人员所知悉，此处不再赘述，也不针对其底层实现展开描述。
如上所述，在图8所示的实施例中，当用户进行到第三操作或第四操作时，对应的一个应用选项卡片或详情卡片弹出，本申请不对其弹出的方式或方向进行限定。当用户从图8c操作至图8d的界面时，多个卡片之间可以进行切换，该多个卡片的切换可以是即时的，也可以是接近即时的，渐进的或者处于任何适当速率的切换，本申请不对其切换的方式或速率进行限定。在本申请另一个实施例中，当用户在查看触控点集群或触控图标集群所对应的应用选项卡片或详情卡片时，多个应用选项卡片或详情卡片可以是如图8所示基于用户的操作而独立显示的，也可以是多个联动的卡片并基于用户的操作而上下或左右联动显示。无论上述哪种方式显示的卡片，其中，卡片切换的进度可以由设备自动进行控制，独立于用户，也可以由用户控制，本申请亦不对其切换的方式或控制进行限定。
另外，虽然在图8所示的实施例中，每一个触控图标对应一张应用选项卡片或详情卡片，然而在本申请的其他实施例中，一个触控图标可以对应多张应用选项卡片或详情卡片，例如支付宝触控图标可以对应一张付款码卡片、一张收款码卡片、以及一张扫一扫卡片，例如图9c所示车辆触控图标可以对应一张轿车信息卡片921和一张车辆操作卡片922，等等。上述一个触控图标对应的多张应用选项卡片或详情卡片可以如前述切换查看，例如一张卡片覆盖在其他卡片上方，并滑动切换以查看下面被覆盖的卡片，或者可以如前述是联动的卡片以滚动查看，例如多张卡片连接在一起，并可以上下、左右滑动以连续的查看该多张卡片。
在本申请的一个实施例中，与触控标识，例如触控点或触控图标对应的应用选项卡片或详情卡片上，可以同时显示应用的选项或详情内容以及功能键，例如短信卡片上可以显示短消息以及回复键或删除键，当检测到回复键或删除键上的点击操作即会对该短消息进行相应的处理。
终端检测到上述与集群交互的第一至第七操作，或者应用选项卡片或详情卡片中功能键上的相应操作后，终端会相应的更新动态触控标识对应的通知列表， 并判断动态触控标识是否在集群中保留或移除。总体而言，当动态触控图标还有对应的未处理通知时，应将该动态触控图标保留在集群中，而当动态触控图标没有对应的未处理通知时，应将该动态触控图标会从集群中移除。具体的保留或移除动态触控图标的判断方法，包括但不限于以下方式：
(一)当一个动态触控标识对应于一个应用的一个通知，即对应一张详情卡片时；
a.当动态触控标识D 1对应的详情卡片C 1打开时，其对应的通知N 1的状态由“未处理”变为“已处理”，(此时该通知N 1也从终端的通知中心中移除)，当终端响应于别的操作使得详情卡片C 1从第一界面上消失时，该动态触控标识D 1也从触控标识集群中消失，其中，使得详情卡片C 1消失可以是响应于上述第七操作(对卡片和集群之外的区域的操作)或者是响应于上述第五、第六操作(对卡片区域的操作)。其中，卡片显示的内容已经可以满足用户对该通知的处理，当详情卡片C 1由显示到消失，说明用户已经查看了卡片中的通知内容，无需再将该通知以触控标识的形式保留在第一界面的侧边区域，即动态触控标识D 1从集群中消失，同时，也无需将该通知继续保留在通知中心中；
b.当动态触控标识D 1对应的详情卡片C 1打开时，其对应的通知N 1的状态仍然为“未处理”，而当终端检测到上述第五、第六操作(对卡片区域的操作)时，通知N 1的状态由“未处理”变为“已处理”，该动态触控标识D 1从触控标识集群中消失(此时该通知N 1从终端的通知中心中移除)。其中，卡片显示的内容有时不能满足用户对该通知的处理，例如用户查看一则短信通知的详情卡片后还未回复，用户需要查询一些数据后回复对方这条短消息，因此，在打开卡片后仍然保留该动态触控标识，以便用户需要对该短信通知回复时可以进行快捷的回复操作，而在回复该短消息后，该动态触控标识D 1从集群中消失。
(二)当一个动态触控标识对应于一个应用的多个通知，即对应于一个应用的通知列表时，该动态触控标识可能对应一张或多张详情卡片；
a.当动态触控标识D 1对应的详情卡片“C 1、C 1…C A3”被打开时，分别对应于这些卡片的通知“N 1、N 2…N A3”(不超过第三预定数值A3的未处理通知)的状态由“未处理”变为“已处理”(此时该通知“N 1、N 2…N A3”从终端的通知中心中移除)，且当终端响应于别的操作使得内容详情卡片“C 1、C 1…C A3”消失时，该动态触控标识D 1也从触控标识集群中消失，其中，使得详情卡片“C 1、C 1…C A3”消失可以是响应于上述第七操作(对卡片和集群之外的区域的操作)或者是响应于上述第五、第六操作(对 卡片区域的操作)。其中，由于用户可以在各个卡片之间切换查看，当用户无需继续查看卡片显示的通知内容时，退出卡片模式，或者通过卡片上的操作打开该应用程序以进一步处理多个通知内容时，无需再将这些通知以触控标识的形式保留在第一界面的侧边区域，即动态触控标识D 1从集群中消失，同时，也无需将这些通知继续保留在通知中心中；
b.当动态触控标识D 1对应的详情卡片“C 1、C 1…C A3”打开时，对应于通知列表“N 1、N 2…N A3”中的通知状态仍然为“未处理”，而当终端检测到卡片C 1上发生上述第五操作(对卡片区域的操作)时，通知列表“N 1、N 2…N A3”中所有通知的状态由“未处理”变为“已处理”并从通知列表中移除，相应的该动态触控标识D 1从触控标识集群中消失(此时该通知列表“N 1、N 2…N A3”中的所有通知从终端的通知中心中移除)。其中，卡片显示的内容有时不能满足用户对该通知的处理，因此，在打开卡片后仍然保留该动态触控标识，以便用户可以后续对这些未读通知进行快捷操作，而当用户对其中任一卡片操作并打开了应用程序的界面时，用户可以在应用界面继续处理其他通知，此时，无需再将这些通知以触控标识的形式保留在第一界面的侧边区域，该动态触控标识D 1从集群中消失；
c.当动态触控标识D 1对应的详情卡片“C 1、C 1…C A3”打开时，对应于通知列表“N 1、N 2…N A3”中的通知状态仍然为“未处理”，而当终端检测到卡片C 1上发生上述第五操作(对卡片区域的操作)或者第六操作(移除卡片的操作)时，通知N 1的状态由“未处理”变为“已处理”并从通知列表中移除(此时该通知N 1从终端的通知中心中移除)，若终端继续检测到卡片C X上发生上述第五或第六操作时，通知N X的状态由“未处理”变为“已处理”并从通知列表中移除(此时该通知N X从终端的通知中心中移除)。其中，当动态触控标识D 1对应的通知列表清空时，或者说，该通知列表中没有未处理的通知时，该动态触控标识D 1从触控标识集群中消失。其中，用户对感兴趣的卡片进行处理(回复，复制验证码等等)后，或者对不感兴趣的卡片移除后，该卡片对应的通知无需再保留在通知列表，同时，也无需将该通知继续保留在通知中心中；然而列表中的其它未处理通知并未被用户处理，因此仍然保留在通知列表，并对应于动态触控标识D 1以供用户后续进行交互，同时，也仍然保留在通知中心中。
应可理解，以上说明仅作为示例性的，不应作为对本申请的限制。在本申请的各个实施例中，还可以使用其他的判断方法，来判断是否保留或移除动态触控 图标，而不仅限于上述方法。
在本申请的一个实施例中，还可以在触控标识集群上进行第八操作，且响应于该第八操作，终端可以清除该触控标识集群中的每一个动态触控标识所对应的通知及通知列表，并且响应于该第八操作，触控标识集群中的动态触控标识被全部移除。
图9是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。当智能终端上显示第一界面310/510时，如图9a所示，且第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上隐藏的触控图标集群中包括对应于第三应用的触控图标，该第三应用的触控图标可以是固定触控图标，且该第三应用的固定触控图标具有与时间、信号强度、和/或距离等的检测条件相关的应用选项卡片或详情卡片，例如，具有开始时间或截止时间等与时间相关的卡片、或者与信号强度和/或距离判断的场景相关的卡片，包括锁车场景或抵达关联车附近的场景等的卡片。举例说明，该第三应用可以是日程应用，而该第三应用的固定触控图标对应的通知可以是时间临近的会议提醒通知(例如会议开始时间之前15分钟的提醒)，该通知对应的应用选项卡片或详情卡片可以显示该会议提醒通知的详情内容，和/或加入会议的功能按键。当终端判断该会议的提醒时间已到，相应的固定触控图标或者整个触控图标集群自动显现(或者也可以继续保持隐藏状态)，相应地，该会议提醒通知的应用选项卡片或详情卡片自动弹出，以提醒用户查看和/或处理该应用选项卡片或详情卡片。
在本申请的一个实施例中，该第三应用的触控图标还可以是动态触控图标，请参见图9b，当终端判断出隐藏状态下的触控图标集群900b中的一个动态触控图标，如航空管家触控图标91所对应的通知满足自动弹出的条件(例如时间条件)时，触控图标集群900b显现在第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L，还可以相应地向靠近第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506的方向移动并放大显示，其中，航空管家触控图标91可以进一步自动放大并在其侧相应地弹出航班信息卡片910，该航班信息卡片910显示了据当前时间2小时后的航班信息，例如，航班信息卡片910对应的内容是当日晚上19：00点的中国南方航空航班的登机信息，在临近登机前两小时，即当日晚上17：00点时(如图9d的放大图所示)，终端判断时间条件已满足，图标集群900b在第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L放大显现，且航空管家触控图标91进一步放大并同时弹出该航班信息卡片910，以提醒用户不要错过航班。
在本申请图9e所示的实施例中，当终端判断出隐藏状态下的触控图标集群中的轿车应用触控图标92对应的通知满足自动弹出的条件(例如通过信号强度和/或距离等来判断的场景条件)时，触控图标集群在第一界面310/510的侧边区域上继续保持隐藏状态，而其中与车辆应用对应的触控图标92显现在第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L，当用户点击该触控图标92后，如图9c所示，在第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506弹出该触控图标92所对应的通知的详情卡片或应用选项卡片，例如轿车信息卡片921和/或车辆操作卡片922，从而方便用户对 车辆进行控制或操作，例如，打开车窗、解锁车门、设定空调温度等。在本申请的实施例中，该自动弹出的场景条件可以是，当终端检测到附近出现关联车辆时，例如通过蓝牙信号来检测；或者当终端检测到与关联车辆之间的距离增加而该关联车辆未上锁时；或者当终端检测到关联车辆发生异常，例如胎压不足，低油量、传感器受损等车辆报警的情况。其中，当关联车辆出现异常状况时，终端自动弹出详情卡片或应用选项卡片从而显示该异常状况的详情内容，以提醒用户该异常状况和/或提供对该异常状况进行处理的功能按键。此外，在本申请的实施例中，触控图标92对应多张详情卡片或应用选项卡片，例如轿车信息卡片921和轿车操作卡片922等，该多张卡片可以在满足检测或判断条件时同时弹出，或仅弹出相关的一个或几个而不是全部卡片都弹出，以方便用户查看与当时检测的场景相关的内容并进行相关操作。
在上述实施例中，具有时间或场景条件和/或限制的通知，可以在用户查看其详情卡片或应用选项卡片或对该卡片进行相应操作后，仍然以动态触控标识的形式保留在侧边区域中，也可以如前述实施例所述，在用户处理通知详情卡片后，如右滑删除卡片后，在侧边区域上的集群中移除与该卡片对应的动态触控标识。
图10是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。如图10a所示，放大的图标集群800b已在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503上显现，且用户正在图标集群800b的热区交互。如图10d所示，用户仍在图标集群800b的热区交互，且支付宝付款码卡片810在显示屏上显示。应可理解，用户与图标集群800b的交互并不仅限于图10a和10d所示的场景，而是包含但不限于上述各实施例的交互场景，例如图3b、图4a-4c、图4e-4f、图6b-6e、图7b-7e、图8a-8d、以及图9b-9c中任一所示实施例的场景。在上述各种可能的用户与触控标识集群的交互场景下，智能终端接收到来自第二应用的通知，例如收到短信通知，并以横幅311的形式出现在第一界面310/510的的顶部区域302，如图10b或10c或10e所示，该横幅311对应的触控标识可能已经存在或不存在于当前的图标集群800b中。
在图10b所示的实施例中，响应于该新通知的横幅311，侧边区域303/503上的触控图标集群800b隐藏，并仅在侧边区域303/503上显示与该横幅311对应的触控图标，即短信触控图标1005，其中，当第一界面310/510是桌面时，其上显示的短信应用程序图标的角标有“1”更新为“2”，以标识短信应用程序包括新收到的通知。也就是说，当用户正与触控图标集群800b交互时，新通知将打断当前的交互，以便用户处理新通知的内容，当智能终端检测到短信触控图标1005的触控热区1004上的相应操作，可以如图3b、图3c、图3d、图3e、图3f所示进行相应的处理，此处不再赘述。在本申请的一个实施例中，若终端没有检测到短信触控图标1005上的进一步操作，则在一段预定时间后，新通知的横幅311消失，并同时在第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503显示更新后的触控标识集群。关于收到新通知后对触控标识集群的更新请参考前述实施例，此处不再赘述。
在图10c和10e所示的实施例中，当用户正在与侧边区域上的触控图标集群800b交互时，即智能终端检测到触控图标集群800b的热区上的操作，响应于收到的新通知，横幅311显示于第一界面310/510的顶部区域302，此时与该图标集群800b的交互界面不隐藏，且与该短信通知和横幅311对应的短信触控图标1005会被提示显示于触控图标集群800b中，其中，“提示显示”是指该图标在集群中会以和其他图标不一样的方式显示，例如放大显示和/或高亮显示和/或闪烁显示，例如放大并闪烁显示3秒，作为对该触控图标1005的强提醒，因此，即使当用户正在与集群进行交互并聚焦在交互的界面上时，提示显示的图标也可以吸引用户的注意而提醒用户当前可以对该短信触控图标1005进行相应操作以处理这一则短消息。也就是说，当用户正与触控图标集群800b交互时，新通知将不打断当前的交互，以方便用户决定是否继续当前交互或是处理新通知的内容。
在如图3b、图4a-4c、图6b-6e、图7b-7e、图8a-8b所示场景的界面下，终端收到的新通知将打断当前与触控标识集群的交互，如上述图10b所述，打断交互后，与集群的交互界面消失，侧边区域上仅显示新通知对应的触控标识。在如图8c-8d、图9b-9c所示场景的界面下，终端收到的新通知将不打断当前与触控标识集群的交互，如上述图10e所示，与新通知对应的触控标识将放大或高亮或闪烁显示在集群中。
在如图4e-4f所示场景的界面下，终端收到新通知也不会显示新通知的横幅或弹框，而是在通知栏/任务栏412b中显示与新通知对应的图标、和/或在与新通知对应的应用程序上显示角标，此时，新通知可以打断图4e-4f中所示的交互场景，即侧边的触控图标将用于接收操作以显示和/或处理该新通知。
在本申请提供的智能终端的一些应用场景中，系统或第三方应用程序推送通知以横幅或弹框的形式出现，并在横幅或弹框中附带功能键，如短信通知附带“复制验证码”和/或“删除”等功能键；微信消息的弹框附带“回复”和/或“标记已读”等功能键。如图11所示，图11是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。图11a示出智能终端收到新的通知，以附带功能键1101、1102的横幅1111的形式在第一界面310/510的顶部区域302。响应于该新通知，触控标识1105显现于侧边区域303/503，该触控标识1105可以是唯一的触控标识或者是对应于该新通知的触控标识。当终端检测到触控标识1105的触控热区1104内的相应操作时，显示该通知的内容，以供用户处理。如果用户未处理新通知，则该通知被添加至终端的通知中心中；如果用户处理了该通知，则该通知从终端的通知中心中移除。
在本申请的一个实施例中，终端根据传感器、和/或天线信号、和/或用户的历史使用数据等，判断用户是左手持握终端还是右手持握终端，或者判断用户是左手操作还是右手操作，并根据判断的结果将该触控标识1105示在第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L，或右侧区域703R，从而在临近用户的操作区域显示该触控标识1105，以便用户在当前的持握状态下对新通知进行处理，而无需改变持握状态、或者额外增加操作手指。在本申请的另一个实施例中，触控标识1105 还可以同时显示于左侧区域703L和右侧区域703R，以方便用户在任一侧对新通知进行处理，从而快速处理横幅对应的通知的内容。
在图11a所示的实施例中，响应于横幅1111，终端判断出当前用户是左手操作终端(此判断过程也可省略，即默认左侧显示标识)，触控标识1105至少显示于第一界面310/510的左侧区域703L上，在图11c所示的实施例中，响应于横幅1111，终端判断出当前用户是右手操作终端(此判断过程也可省略，即默认右侧显示标识)，触控标识1105至少显示于右侧区域703R上。当终端检测到左侧区域703L或右侧区域703R上触控标识1105的热区1104的第一操作时，附带功能键1101、1102的横幅1111被整体下拉至上的预定区域1106，该预定区域1106在第一界面310/510的顶部区域302和底部区域307之间。显示于预定区域1106上的横幅1111覆盖了第一界面310/510在正面区域306/506上的一部分，且下拉后的横幅1111相对于下拉前的横幅1111更靠近第一界面310/510的底部区域307。本申请不对第一操作做任何的限定，其可以是触碰操作、滑动操作、双击操作、长按操作、捏合操作、压力操作、指纹操作及其结合，或者是上述操作与人脸识别的结合，具体可以例如下滑一定预设距离、长按一定预设时间、或预设手势的操作等。本申请中提到的预定区域可以是第一界面的中间区域，也可以是中间靠上或中间靠下的区域，或者是中间靠左或中间靠右的区域，总体来说，对于该预定区域1106上显示的横幅及其功能键，用户通常可以进行方便的操作而无需大幅度移动手指来操作。
在一个实施例中，该预定区域1106也可以根据终端检测到的用户在侧边区域的操作位置而自适应调整的第一区域，例如，该第一区域可以在靠近用户在侧边区域的触碰点、单击点的位置，例如第一区域的中心可以自适应至终端检测到的触碰点的水平线上或者据此水平线一定距离上方或下方，其中，水平线并不是绝对水平的方向，而是相对于图中所述终端的方向而言，当正常查看该终端的上下方向不是竖直时，该水平线的方向也不是水平的，而是与终端的上下方向基本垂直。
在另一实施例中，用户对下拉的横幅1111还可以进行编辑，以更改其显示的第一区域，例如用户在横幅上长按3s后，显示编辑模式，则用户可以上下拖动横幅以显示在期望区域中，待用户退出编辑模式后，新通知的横幅被下拉后将显示在用户编辑的该期望区域中。应可理解，对该第一区域的编辑，也可以在系统的设置界面下操作。此不应作为对本发明的限制。
另外，本申请中功能键1101、1102在横幅1111上的位置可以是靠左、靠右或者中间的位置，当附带功能键1101、1102的横幅或弹框1111响应于上述第一操作被整体下拉至上述预定区域1106时，功能键1101、1102在横幅或弹框1111上的显示位置可以相应地被调整至靠左、靠右、或者中间等更方便用户进行操作的位置。
在图11a所示实施例中，功能键1101、1102在横幅1111上的左下位置，终端判断此时用户是左手操作终端，则在左侧区域703L显示触控标识1105，当终端判断该触控标识1105的热区1104上的第一操作时，附带功能键1101、1102的横幅 1111被整体下拉至预定区域1106，如图11b所示，下拉的横幅1111中功能键1101、1102显示的位置不变，以方便用户继续从左侧对这些功能键进行操作。
在图11c所示实施例中，功能键1101、1102在横幅1111上的左下位置，终端判断此时用户是右手操作终端，则在右侧区域703R显示触控标识1105，当终端判断该触控标识1105的热区1104上的第一操作时，附带功能键1101、1102的横幅1111被整体下拉至预定区域1106，如图11d所示，下拉的横幅1111中功能键1101、1102从左下位置被调整至右下位置，以方便用户继续从右侧对这些功能键进行操作。
本申请的一个实施例中，当终端收到新通知时，终端判断出当前用户是左手操作终端还是右手操作终端，从而相应在左侧区域或右侧区域显示触控标识，并相应地在横幅的左下位置或右下位置显示功能键。如图11a，当收到新通知时，终端判断当前用户是左手操作终端，因此在左侧区域703L显示触控标识1105，在横幅1111的左下位置显示功能键1101和1102。
需要说明的是，在本申请的另一实施例中，不附带功能键的横幅或弹框响应于第一操作被下拉至预定显示区域时，智能终端进一步检测预定显示区域上的第二操作，并响应于该第二操作，执行对该新通知的相应操作，从而处理该通知的内容。举例说明，当智能终端在预定显示区域1106上显示的横幅1111上检测到点击操作，则打开与该通知对应的界面，该界面可以如图3c、3e、3f所示，此处不再赘述。
当该触控标识1105是终端在侧边区域上用于处理通知的多个接口元素之一时，在本申请的一个实施例中，在图11a或11c所示的场景中，响应于终端收到新通知，以横幅1111的形式显示与显示屏上，该通知被添加到终端的通知中心中，而该触控标识1105被添加到侧边区域上隐藏的触控标识集群中；在图11b或11d所示的场景中，响应于用户与侧边的触控标识1105的交互，横幅1111被下拉，而与横幅1111对应的通知从终端的通知中心中移除，且该触控标识1105从触控标识集群中移除。而在本申请的另一个实施例中，在图11b或11d所示的场景中，如果用户没有在预定时间内对下拉的横幅1111进行相关操作，则被下拉的横幅1111从界面上消失，且与横幅1111对应的通知仍然保留在终端的通知中心中，且该触控标识1105保留于侧边区域上隐藏的触控标识集群中。
本申请上述各实施例可以相互结合使用。例如，本申请提供的快速处理通知的方法可以结合上述任一实施例。在本申请实施例适用的一些场景中，智能终端可能收到仅包含内容的通知，例如新闻等，还可能收到包括内容和功能键的通知，例如具有“复制验证码”功能的短信通知，具有“接收”或“拒绝”的邮件会议通知等。对于上述不同的系统通知和不同应用程序的通知，可以结合上述任意实施例来处理，例如，终端对上述仅包含内容的通知按照本申请一个实施例来处理，对包括内容和功能键的通知按照本申请另一实施例来处理。
举例说明，当智能终端收到微信的通知，其以横幅或弹框的形式出现在显示屏上时，该通知的横幅或弹框仅包括微信的消息内容，不包含任何功能键时，用 户对显现在侧边区域处的对应触控点进行操作，可以快速处理该微信的消息，例如当终端检测到触控点的触控区域内的操作时可以打开微信界面、隐藏该横幅或弹框、或者分屏显示微信界面，详细内容请参见附图3及其说明。再举一例，当智能终端收到短信的通知，其以横幅或弹框的形式出现在显示屏上时，该短信通知不仅包括短信内容还包括“复制验证码”和/或“删除”等功能键时，用户对显现在侧边区域处的对应触控点进行操作，可以快速下拉该横幅或弹框，以处理该短信内容，例如当终端检测下拉到预定区域的横幅或弹框上的操作，将对该短信通知进行相应的处理，详细内容请参见附图11及其说明。
图12是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。如图12a所示，智能终端显示第一界面310/510，用户手指未触碰到第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503，触控标识集群1205不显现。如图12d所示，用户手指触碰到第一界面310/510的侧边区域303/503，但是触碰位置位于侧边区域303/503靠上边缘和/或靠下边缘处，即无效触碰区域Li1和/或Li2，触控标识集群1205仍然不显现，其中，用户在无效触碰区域Li1和/或Li2处的操作，终端可以进行检测并判定为无效操作，或者终端不检测该区域内的任何触摸等相关操作。如图12b所示，用户手指触碰到侧边区域303/503，触碰点位于侧边区域303/503的中间部分，即有效触碰区域Lv上，触控标识集群1205显现在侧边区域303/503上。在触控点集群1205显现后，如果终端在预定时间内没有进一步检测到触控标识集群1205热区内的交互操作，则触控点集群1205不再显示，即如图12c所示触控点集群1205在侧边区域303/503上再次隐藏。在本申请的一个实施例中，可以设定上述预定时间为，例如1.5s或2s或3s等，当用户触碰到侧边区域303/503的有效触碰区域Lv中并使触控标识集群1205显现后，如果3s内用户没有进一步的操作，则触控点集群1205再次隐藏。在图12b的另一实施例中，终端在侧边显示区域303/503的有效触碰区域Lv上检测到点击或触碰的操作，或者在有效触碰区域Lv上双击或者上滑一定距离的操作，才会显示触控标识集群1205，通过设置更加复杂的操作手势来显现集群，可以避免点击或触碰的误操作引起触控点集群1205频繁的显现和隐藏。同时，通过设置有效触碰区域Lv和无效触碰区域Li1和/或Li2，也可以避免用户在第一界面310/510的正面区域306/506上进行其他操作时，操作手指的一些部位对侧面区域303/503的误触碰，例如用户左手持握终端并用左手的拇指操作第一界面310/510上的某应用图标时，拇指的虎口容易触碰到侧面区域303/503的靠下位置，当其触碰到无效触碰区域Li2时，不会显示触控标识集群1205，因此可以避免集群的显现对用户当前操作造成干扰。
本申请实施例中的“无效触碰区域”Li和“有效触碰区域”Lv是两个相对的概念，分别在侧边区域303/503的总长度L上设置，其中，“无效触碰区域”Li和/或“有效触碰区域”Lv可以是系统预定义的区域也可以是由用户自定义的区域。例如，系统预定义的有效触碰区域Lv可以是侧边区域303/503中段的60％的区域，即Lv＝0.6L，系统预定义的无效触碰区域Li可以是侧边区域303/503中30％的上段Li1和10％的下段区域Li2，即Li1＝0.3L，Li2＝0.1L。用户还可 以对无效触碰区域Li和有效触碰区域Lv进行自定义，设置有效触碰区域Lv为侧边区域303/503中段的70％的区域，即Lv＝0.7L，以及设置无效触碰区域Li为侧边区域303/503中30％的上段Li1和0％的下段区域Li2，即Li1＝0.3L，Li2＝0，请参考图12b和图12d，Li1，Li2和Lv的大致区域如图所示。本申请实施例中提到的“热区”也可以定义为有效触碰区域Lv中的区域，即当用户在有效触碰区域Lv触碰以使触控标识集群在侧边显示区域中显现后，用户随后对集群的操作，如滑动切换触控图标、点选触控图标等，也需要在有效触碰区域Lv内，即热区中进行，否则被认为是无效触碰。
本申请所提供的各个实施例，都可以应用于智能终端的显示屏在横屏、竖屏，或息屏、亮屏的场景中。
图13是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。图13a示出智能终端的横屏场景，例如用户正在横屏状态下阅读文件或观看视频的场景，此时，显示屏上显示的第一界面1310的横向长度大于纵向长度，即当用户正常查看横屏状态下的界面时，该界面的左右方向上的长度大于上下方向上的长度，而当终端在如图13所示的方向时，界面的左右方向相当于终端的水平方向，界面的上下方向相当于终端的竖直方向。当智能终端在横屏状态下收到通知时，屏幕上弹出横幅1311，如图13b所示。响应于该新收到的通知，第一界面1310的顶部区域1302显示横幅1311，而第一界面1310的底部区域1307或侧边区域1303L或1303R会显示对应的触控点1305，以便用户快速处理该通知的内容。当智能终端检测到触控点1305处的操作，例如检测到向上滑动时，可以隐藏该横幅1311，或者检测到其他操作时，可以查看、或分屏该通知对应的应用界面，这样的操作在前述实施例有展开描述，此处不再赘述。
如图13b所示，触控点1305同时显示在侧边区域1303L和1303R，使得用户既可以从左侧操作也可以从右侧操作该新通知，不用切换操作侧，从而节省操作时间。
如图13c所示，触控点1305显示于第一界面的的底部区域1307，以便用户从底部进行操作从而查看、忽略、或分屏该通知对应的内容，同样，此处不再赘述该具体操作。
图13d示出智能大屏终端的横屏场景，例如用户持握平板电脑在横屏状态下观看视频，如图13d所示，当智能大屏终端在横屏状态下收到通知时，屏幕上弹出横幅1311b。响应于该新收到的通知，第一界面1310b的顶部区域1302b显示横幅1311b，而第一界面1310b的底部区域1307b和/或左侧区域1303bL和/或右侧区域1303bR会显示对应的触控点1305b，以便用户快速处理该通知的内容。当智能终端检测到触控点1305b处的操作，例如检测到向上滑动时，可以隐藏该横幅1311b，或者检测到其他操作时，可以查看、或分屏该通知对应的应用界面，这样的操作在前述实施例有展开描述，此处不再赘述。
在图13d所示的实施例中，触控点1305b同时显示于第一界面1310b的底部区域1307b、左侧区域1303bL、和右侧区域1303bR，以便用户从左侧、右侧或 底部任一侧对触控点进行操作从而显示/处理通知的内容。应可理解，在该智能大屏终端场景中，触控点也可以仅显示于一处，或者根据用户操作手指的位置来确定触控点的显示区域。根据用户的历史操作位置或误触碰位置来确定触控点、触控图标的显示区域在前述实施例有展开描述，此处不再赘述。
此外，即使该智能大屏终端不是横屏状态时，例如用户双手持握竖屏的大屏终端时，对应新通知而出现在侧边区域的触控标识，或者响应于触发操作而显示在侧边区域的触控标识集群，可以同时显示于竖屏状态时的左侧区域和右侧区域，以方便用户选择性的从左侧或右侧对触控标识或集群进行操作。
当终端在横屏场景下时，如设置了不显示新通知的弹框或横幅，则同样也不会显示触控标识，从而不打扰用户的横屏观赏状态。
应可理解，上述对横屏状态的具体场景并不作为对本申请的限制，在本申请的其他实施例中，当智能终端处于横屏状态下，系统可以自动关闭或预定义为关闭触控标识图标的显示，同理，系统也可以自动关闭或预定义为关闭触控标识集群的显示。还应可理解，用户可以对更多场景设置是否关闭触控标识集群或者新通知的触控标识的显示，在横屏场景中，用户可能不希望被触控标识打扰当前玩游戏或看视频的时间，因此将该触控标识的显示全部关闭，而在息屏时，用户可能也不希望显示和新通知相关的任何提醒，例如不显示横幅和任何触控标识，从而避免终端触摸屏被频繁点亮，应可理解，对于不显示横幅和任何触控标识的设置并不限于息屏的场景，用户可以针对其他场景进行同样的免打扰设置。然而，在本申请的一个实施例中，还可以设置终端接收新通知时，不显示横幅，但是在侧边显示触控标识以提醒当前有新通知待处理。
图14是本申请实施例的一种显示通知的方法的场景示意图。图14a示出智能终端在息屏时收到新通知并显示标识1405，智能终端的触摸显示屏1401具有顶部显示区域1402、底部显示区域1407、侧边显示区域1403、和正面显示区域1406，其中，当用户以正常方向持握该智能终端时，顶部显示区域1402在显示屏1401的上部并抵靠显示屏1401的上边缘；底部显示区域1407在显示屏1401的下部并抵靠显示屏1401的下边缘；侧边显示区域1403包括左侧和右侧，分别在显示屏1401的左侧部和右侧部并分别抵靠显示屏1401的左侧边缘和右侧边缘；正面显示区域1406是显示屏1401的主要显示区域，也可以理解为是显示屏1401的中间区域并占显示屏1401上显示区域的一半或以上。应可理解，正面显示区域1406可以定义为显示屏1401上正中的区域，也可以定义为更靠近显示屏1401的一个或若干个边缘，其中，正面显示区域1406不与显示屏1401的四个边缘抵靠。另外，顶部显示区域1402是通常需要用户大幅的移动手指才可以触碰到的区域，底部显示区域1407以及部分侧边显示区域1403是通常不需要用户大幅的移动手指就可以触碰到的区域。
在本申请的一个实施例中，顶部显示区域1402、底部显示区域1407、侧边显示区域1403、和正面显示区域1406分别对应于前述实施例中第一界面的顶部区域、底部区域、侧边区域、和正面区域。例如，前述实施例中的第一界面的顶 部区域可以显示于该顶部显示区域1402上、第一界面的底部区域可以显示于该底部显示区域1407、第一界面的侧边区域可以显示于该侧边显示区域1403、第一界面的正面区域可以显示于该正面显示区域1406上。
应可理解，上述对触摸显示屏1401的区域划分是为了更清楚地描述本申请的实施例，而并不是对触摸显示屏1401进行实质的切割或不同的区域区分，在本申请的其它实施例中，对触摸显示屏1401也可以进行与上述不同的区域划分，其不应作为对本申请的限制。
此时如果系统设置为有新通知时不显示横幅或弹框但显示对应的触控标识，则如图14a所示，当终端收到新的通知时，仅在息屏界面的侧边显示区域1403上显示触控标识，例如触控点1405，作为处理该新通知内容的接口元素。在本申请一个实施例中，终端息屏后，推送到终端上的通知所对应的触控标识1405显示在侧边显示区域1403上一段时间后会隐藏，例如显示5s后隐藏，如图14b所示。在触控标识1405显示的5s内，和/或在触控标识1405再次隐藏的一段时间内，如果用户将电子设备解锁，触控标识1405会自动显示在侧边显示区域1403上，如图14c所示，以供用户快速处理新通知。由于用户在看到新通知所对应的触控标识1405时，例如用户观察到该触控标识1405是短消息小图标，且用户希望马上可以处理该新的短消息，则在用户即时的解锁后，侧边显示区域1403上仅显示该触控标识1405以供用户快速的处理该新短消息，即使如信号栏所示，还有更多应用程序包括未读通知，与其对应的触控标识此时不再侧边显现。如图14c所示，用户在解锁后单击该触控标识1405则可以打开短消息的应用界面。
在图14b的实施例中，电子设备也可以在息屏时，收到新通知但不显示侧边的标识，即图14b之前不经过图14a，而是一直息屏的状态，此时，电子设备收到新通知可能会有响铃提示、震动提示、或者呼吸灯提示，基于这些对新通知的提示，用户在一定时间内，例如2s内解锁电子设备，与该新通知对应的标识自动出现在侧边，以供用户处理该新通知的内容。
在本申请的另一实施例中，在息屏状态下，如图14b所示，当用户将电子设备解锁，包括新通知标识1405的触控标识集群1407会自动显示在侧边显示区域1403上，如图14d所示，以供用户快速处理未读通知。
请再次参考图14b，在息屏状态下，响应于用户在侧边显示区域1403的触碰，包括该触控标识1405的触控标识集群显示于侧边显示区域1403，如图14e所示。在本申请另一实施例中，息屏后收到的通知所对应的触控标识会一直显示在侧边显示区域1403，并随着终端接收到多个通知后在侧边显示区域1403形成触控标识集合，不同于前述的触控标识集群，息屏后积累在侧边显示区域1403的触控标识集合可以仅包括息屏后终端收到的新通知所对应的触控标识，此时，响应于用户在侧边显示区域1403的触碰，该触控标识集合消失。在本申请又一实施例中，息屏后收到的通知所对应的触控标识会一直显示，但是会被收到的新通知所对应的触控标识替换，因此终端在息屏后若收到新通知，在侧边区域会一直显示一个触控标识，即使该触控标识在不同的时间可能对应不同的新通知。
应可理解，息屏后终端收到的新通知都被添加到通知中心中，直到用户处理这些通知。
在终端息屏时，当用户在侧边显示区域1403进行第一操作，响应于该第一操作，触控标识集群显示在侧边显示区域1403上，如图14e所示，若无后续操作则在显示一段时间后消失，其中，该第一操作可以是触碰并抬起的操作，且其中该触控标识集群的显示或消失可以是渐进的，例如，将集群中的触控标识从下至上依次显示出来，或使集群中的触控标识从下至上依次消失。在本申请的一个实施例中，该触控标识集群的显示跟随该第一操作的操作位置，例如该触控标识集群显示于该操作位置上方0～2cm处，则当用户在侧边显示区域1403上的不同位置进行触碰并抬起的操作时，该触控标识集群分别显示于不同的区域并跟随用户操作位置而变，可以为用户带来一种光点吸附用户手指的光效效果。在此实施例中，用户也可以分别在左侧显示区域或右侧显示区域触发集群的显示。应可理解，由于触控标识集群所对应的通知尚未被处理，因此这些通知仍然保留在通知中心中。
当用户在侧边显示区域1403进行第二操作时，响应于该第二操作，侧边显示区域1403上可以显示触控标识集群1407并提示用户解锁终端，如图14f所示，其中，该触控标识集群1407包括终端上所有保留在侧边的触控标识。其中，该第二操作可以是在侧边显示区域1403上长按2s或双击的操作。由于该触控标识集群1407包括息屏前后智能终端接收到的所有未处理且保留在侧边显示区域1403的通知，该触控标识集群1407可以按照前述排序的方法来更新并显示，也可以按照其他方法更新并显示。当用户依提示解锁终端后，可以如前述实施例与触控标识集群1407进行交互。智能终端的解锁操作为常规设置，且解锁后与触控点集群1407的交互与前述实施例相同或相似，此处不再赘述。如果解锁失败，或者终端后续未检测到在侧边区域303/503上对集群的进一步操作，则在一预定时间后，例如3s后，该集群再次消失，或者该集群随着终端息屏而消失。
优选地，用户还可以设置：在终端息屏时，关闭与集群的交互操作反馈，以避免用户频繁误触到侧边显示区域而触发侧边的集群显示与交互。
在本申请的一个实施例中，响应于终端被解锁，终端可以判断在息屏期间是否收到上述“非常重要”、“重要”或优先级高于一阈值的新通知，若判断为是，则在解锁界面上自动显示这些“非常重要”、“重要”或优先级高于一阈值的新通知对应的标识，以提示用户通过与触控标识集群的交互来查看和/或处理新通知。与触控标识集群的交互可以参考上述各实施例，此处不再赘述。
在本申请的另一实施例中，当终端在息屏状态下收到新通知时，可以如图14a所示仅在侧边显示区域1403显示对应的触控标识1405，也可以同时显示其他与新通知相关的标识，如浮框或横幅等(图未示)。
本申请的上述各个实施例都可以应用于图1所示的电子设备100，例如智能终端，其中，终端的软件系统可以采用分层架构，事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例，示例性说 明电子设备100的软件结构。
图15是本发明实施例图1所示电子设备100的软件结构框图。
分层架构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将Android系统分为四层，从上至下分别为应用程序层，应用程序框架层，安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库，以及内核层。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。
如图15所示，应用程序包可以包括相机，图库，日历，通话，地图，导航，WLAN，蓝牙，音乐，视频，短信息等应用程序。在本申请的一个实施例中，应用程序框架层还可以包括SystemUI，用于智能终端收到的通知的显示与交互显示。
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。
如图15所示，应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器，内容提供器，视图系统，资源管理器，通知管理器等。在本申请的一个实施例中，应用程序框架层还可以包括侧边标识管理器和侧边触控管理器。
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小，判断是否有状态栏，锁定屏幕，截取屏幕等。
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频，拨打和接听的电话，浏览历史和书签，电话簿等。
视图系统包括可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，包括短信通知图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源，比如本地化字符串，图标，图片，布局文件，视频文件等等。
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息，可以短暂停留后自动消失，无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成，消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知，例如后台运行的应用程序的通知，还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息，发出提示音，电子设备振动，指示灯闪烁等。
侧边标识管理器负责管理在侧边区域出现的侧边标识，例如侧边标识的控件，各个侧边标识与应用程序的对应性，以及各个侧边标识的数据，侧边标识管理器还负责该侧边标识控件的显示以及与用户交互后的显示。在本申请的一个实施例中，该侧边标识管理器也可以是视图系统的一部分。
侧边触控管理器用来识别智能终端上侧边区域处的触控操作，并且响应于对应的触控操作，给侧边标识管理器发送相应信号，以触发窗口管理器显示侧边标识控件，或者触发SystemUI显示与通知关联的内容，例如应用程序的相关界面、通知的横幅等。
安卓运行时(即Android Runtime)包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。
核心库包含两部分：一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数，另一部分是安卓的核心库。
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理，堆栈管理，线程管理，安全和异常的管理，以及垃圾回收等功能。
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(Media Libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，二维图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。
媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如：MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG等。
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理等。
二维图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动，摄像头驱动，音频驱动，传感器驱动。
在本申请的一个实施例中，侧边标识控件可以称为时光点控件，用于显示上述各实施例中的触控标识，和触控标识集群。下文进一步以时光点控件为例结合图16所示的显示通知的方法的消息序列图进行描述，其中，每个时光点对应一个触控标识，触控标识集群对应时光点集群。在图16的实施例中，每个时光点包含一个触控图标和一个卡片数据/信息，其中，触控图标对应一个应用程序的图标，卡片数据/信息对应该应用程序的通知或应用选项。其中，触控图标和卡片的数据/信息可以由应用程序自定义。
图16a示出新通知到达时的时光点管理流程示意图。图16b示出通过时光点下拉横幅的流程示意图。图16c示出与时光点集群进行交互的流程示意图。
参见图16a，当通知管理器接收到新的通知时，将初始化该通知对应的时光点，利用RemoteView功能，完成时光点的初始化，例如时光点对应的触控图标的初始化，同时，还可以完成新通知对应的卡片数据/信息的初始化。然后通知管理器可以调用时光点管理器的接口，以将新的时光点信息传递给时光点管理器，其中，时光点信息可以是该新通知，和/或与该新通知关联的内容等信息。时光点管理器进而调用窗口管理器以第一界面的侧边区域显示时光点控件，在此实施 例中，时光点控件包括与该新通知对应的时光点，该时光点用于接收操作以对该新通知进行处理，例如：删除新通知、查看新通知的内容(例如卡片)、后台处理新通知内容、打开应用程序等。响应于时光点接收的处理通知的操作，时光点管理器进一步调用应用程序层的SystemUI显示上述与通知相关的界面。
可选地，未处理的时光点信息可以保存在时光点管理器中，以供用户后续通过侧边区域的操作来调用该时光点信息。
参见图16b，在本申请的一个实施例中，用户可以通过在时光点上操作以下拉横幅。当终端收到新通知时，通过SystemUI在顶部区域显示该新通知的横幅，并使能侧边区域的触控。当侧边触控管理器识别到侧边区域的相关操作时，例如识别到对时光点的下滑操作，则侧边触控管理器通知SystemUI以触发下拉横幅的显示。SystemUI则将该新通知的横幅从顶部区域下拉至预定的第一区域，该第一区域优选地远离顶部区域，以方便用户在下拉后的横幅上进行相关操作，以处理该新通知。
在一个具体的实施例中，当终端接收到支付宝应用的新通知时，将触发SystemUI在顶部区域显示该新通知的横幅，并通知窗口管理器在第一界面的侧边显示时光点控件，具体地是显示与支付宝应用相关的时光点。如果侧边触控管理器识别到该时光点上的下拉操作，则触发SystemUI进行下拉横幅的显示。
在图16a和16b的实施例中，如果用户没有对通知的横幅或时光点进行任何操作，则时光点管理器接收到该时光点信息，以管理时光点数据。当时光点管理器中保存了时光点集群的多个时光点信息时，用户在侧边区域的操作可以触发时光点集群的显示。
具体地，如图16c所示，当终端接收到用户在侧边区域的触碰或双击等操作时，侧边触控管理器识别到对时光点控件的触发手势/操作，进而通知时光点管理器来触发时光点集群中所有时光点的显示。时光点管理器通过获取已保存的各个应用的时光点信息，即时光点集群的信息/数据，来初始化时光点控件，并调用窗口管理器以显示该时光点控件。窗口管理器受调用而在侧边区域上显示该时光点控件，即显示该时光点集群。响应于用户在该时光点集群上的交互操作，时光点管理器进一步调用应用程序层的SystemUI以相应地显示与通知相关的界面，例如，与某时光点对应的卡片数据/信息、与某时光点对应的应用程序界面、或相关的分屏界面、等等。
以下图17到图19所示的实施例提供的方法应用于前述实施例提供的电子设备100中。
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的流程示意图。图17所示方法流程实施例可以参照上文所述的实施例一和图3所示的实施例。如图17所示，所述方法包括：
步骤1701，在显示屏的第一区域显示第一界面。第一界面包括顶部区域和侧边区域，其中，当第一界面处于正常查看该第一界面的方向时，其顶部区域和侧边区域分别位于该第一界面的顶部和两侧，其中，侧边区域和顶部区域相邻或 部分重叠。
其中，该第一界面是电子设备的触摸显示屏上所显示的完整显示界面。具体地，该第一界面可以是终端的显示屏上显示的包括通知栏/信号栏部分的桌面，也可以是一个或多个应用的界面(包括或不包括该通知栏/信号栏部分)，例如系统设置的界面、微信的聊天界面、支付宝付款码界面等等，还可以是上述界面的分屏显示界面，例如微信应用和桌面的分屏显示界面，或者是负一屏、widget小部件、智能桌面助理、或控件等等。
步骤1703，电子设备接收到新的第一通知，例如短信通知。
步骤1705，响应于电子设备接收到的第一通知，在第一界面的顶部区域显示第一浮框，该第一浮框内显示第一通知的内容且该第一浮框覆盖第一界面在顶部区域的至少一部分。
示例性的，该短信通知可以是例如图3b中的横幅或弹框311的形式显示于第一界面310的顶部区域。其中，该横幅或弹框311中至少显示了一部分短信通知的内容，且该横幅或弹框311覆盖了第一界面310在顶部区域302的一部分。在图11所示的实施例中，横幅或弹框1111中除了短信通知的内容，还可以具有功能键1101和1102。
步骤1707，响应于电子设备接收到的第一通知，进一步地在第一界面的侧边区域显示第一触控标识，该第一触控标识覆盖第一界面在侧边区域的一部分并且相较于上述第一浮框远离顶部区域。其中，该第一触控标识用于接收操作以对第一通知进行处理。
该第一触控标识可以例如是在侧边区域上的触控光点、触控光晕或触控图标。该光点、光晕或图标，可以与上述新通知相关联，例如与该新的短信通知相关联。
示例性的，参考图3b，响应于新的短信通知，第一界面310的侧边区域303上显示触控光点305，以提示用户在光点305的热区304进行操作。该光点305显示的区域相较于横幅或弹框311所显示的区域远离第一界面310的顶部区域302，或者说更加靠近第一界面310的底部区域307，且该光点305仅覆盖第一界面310在侧边区域303上的一部分
需要说明的是，通常横幅或弹框出现在显示屏的顶部显示区域，不方便用户单手操作，或者需要用户的手指移动较大幅度来操作，本申请的实施例可以在显示屏的侧边显示区域上提供快速处理通知的触控点或触控图标，无需用户大幅度上下移动手指，该触控点和触控图标仅显示于显示屏的侧边显示区域上的一小部分，因此也不会对显示屏上的其他显示区域的内容造成干扰或遮挡。
在本申请的一个实施例中，显示屏可以是曲面屏，如图5所示，触控点显示的侧边区域可以显示于曲面屏的曲面显示区域503中，从而在方便用户操作的同时，也拓展了曲面显示区域的应用场景。
应可理解，本申请实施例对触控光点305热区内操作的形式不做任何限制。由图3所示的实施例可知，用户对光点305的操作可以实现对新通知的快速处理，或者说对横幅或弹框311中显示的内容的快速处理，例如，打开短信应用并显示 短信的内容(图3c)，移除横幅或弹框311的显示(图3d)，打开对应于短信通知的回复窗口(图3e)，或者分屏显示第一界面和短信应用的界面(图3f)。前文对此已有详细的描述，此处不再赘述。
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的流程示意图。图18所示方法流程实施例可以参照图6和图8所示的实施例。如图18所示，所述方法包括上述图17所示的方法，即包括步骤1701、1703、1705、1707，并且在图17所示的A开始执行图18所示的方法，电子设备的显示屏上除了显示第一界面外，还显示与新通知对应的第一浮框和第一触控标识，其覆盖了第一界面的一部分，且第一触控标识相较于第一浮框远离第一界面的顶部区域。图18所示的方法在A之后包括以下步骤：
步骤1801，检测在第一触控标识上的操作或者在第一浮框上的操作。该操作可以是对新通知进行处理，或者忽略该新通知。当电子设备并未检测到上述操作时，执行步骤1803。
步骤1803，电子设备并未检测到在第一触控标识上的操作，也未检测到在第一浮框上的操作，当达到第一预定时间时，该第一触控标识和第一浮框从第一界面上消失。由于没有检测到对新通知的任何操作，该新通知被添加到通知中心，且该第一触控标识被添加到侧边区域的触控标识集群并隐藏于侧边区域上。
步骤1805，检测到在侧边区域上的相应操作。具体可以是，检测到在侧边区域上的触碰或点击的触发操作。
步骤1807，响应于上述在侧边区域上的触发操作，在侧边区域上显示触控标识集群，该触控标识集群覆盖第一界面在该侧边区域的一部分。其中，触控标识集群包括一个或多个触控标识，该一个或多个触控标识中的第一动态触控标识对应于电子设备接收到的一个或多个通知，且该第一动态触控标识用于接收操作以对一个或多个通知进行处理，其中，该一个或多个通知包括图17所示的方法中的第一通知。其中，该第一动态触控标识与上述第一触控标识可以是相同或者不同的。
在本申请的一个实施例中，触控标识集群中还可以包括第一固定触控标识，其对应于电子设备上的应用程序的一个或多个应用选项，该应用选项可以是应用程序预设的或用户自定义的。
示例性的，参考图6或图8a，响应于用户在侧边区域303/503的触碰或其他操作，侧边区域303/503上显示触控图标集群605或700b。
在图6所示的实施例中，集群605的显示区域可以是固定的或动态改变的，例如集群605显示区域的底部可以在用户的触发操作位置上方的预定距离内，因此每一次集群605显示的区域可以是不相同的，并在其显示后是固定的区域以便用户和集群交互。集群605的显示区域也可以是一直固定的，其不随用户的操作位置而动态改变。上文结合图6和图8对用户的操作以及交互进行了详细的说明，此处不再赘述。
参考图8c和图8d，在显示屏301/501的侧边显示区域上显现触控图标集群 700b或800b后，用户可以对集群中的触控图标进行操作，进而处理近期未读的通知，或者查看预定义的应用选项，例如微信的未读消息，日历事件，支付宝的付款码等等。如图8c和8d所示，用户在显示触控图标集群700b或800b的区域进行连续操作，可以使触控图标放大显示，以寻找感兴趣的应用程序，并通过在该放大的触控图标上进一步操作，以处理在该应用程序的未读通知中所包含的内容。
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的流程示意图。图19所示方法流程实施例可以参照图11所示的实施例。如图19所示，所述方法包括上述图17所示的方法，即包括步骤1701、1703、1705、1707，并且在图17所示的A开始执行图19所示的方法，电子设备的显示屏上除了显示第一界面外，还显示与新通知对应的第一浮框和第一触控标识，其覆盖了第一界面的一部分，且第一触控标识相较于第一浮框远离第一界面的顶部区域。图19所示的方法在A之后包括以下步骤：
步骤1901，检测到对上述第一触控标识的相关操作。具体的是，检测到在该第一触控标识上的下滑操作。
步骤1903，响应于该下滑操作，将该第一浮框移动到第一界面的第一区域，移动后的第一浮框覆盖所述第一界面在第一区域的部分。其中，该第一区域在顶部区域的下方。
示例性的，请参考图11。在图11a所示实施例中，用户在侧边区域303/503上进行例如下滑的操作，应可理解，下滑操作仅为本申请实施例的一种实现方式，而不应作为对本申请的任何限制。响应于该下滑操作，横幅或弹框1111由顶部区域，被下拉至第一区域1106，如图11b所示。相较于下拉前的横幅或弹框1111的显示区域，在图11b中，下拉之后的横幅或弹框1111的显示区域远离第一界面的顶部区域302，或者说更靠近了第一界面的底部区域307。具体地，当用户竖屏握持终端时，下拉之后的横幅或弹框1111覆盖了第一界面在第一区域1106，即显示屏的中间显示部分，该中间显示部分相较于顶部显示部分更接近显示屏的底部显示部分，也更接近用户的手指操作区域，从而方便用户对横幅或弹框1111的后续处理。
应可理解，在上述实施例中，横幅或弹框1111被下拉至显示屏的中间显示部分，此并不能作为对本申请的限制，在本申请的其它实施例中，横幅或弹框1111可以被下拉至显示屏中的任何相对于顶部更接近底部的显示部分。
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种显示通知的方法的流程示意图。图20所示方法流程实施例可以参照图6所示的实施例。图20所示的方法包括以下步骤：
步骤2001，在显示屏的第一区域显示第一界面。第一界面包括顶部区域和侧边区域。
步骤2003，检测到在侧边区域上的第一操作。具体可以是，检测到在侧边区域上的触碰或点击的触发操作。
步骤2005，根据该第一操作在侧边区域上的操作位置，确定触控标识集群 在侧边区域上的显示区域。具体地，当第一界面处于正常查看该第一界面的方向上时，触控标识集群在所述侧边区域上确定的显示区域应是高于该第一操作的操作位置一预设高度，如图6c和6d所示，
步骤2007，在该显示区域显示触控标识集群，其中，该触控标识集群包括一个或多个触控标识，其中的第一触控标识对应于一个或多个通知，且该第一触控标识用于接收操作以对该一个或多个通知进行处理。具体地，触控标识集群的显示区域的最底端高于用户第一操作的操作位置一预设高度，其中，该操作位置根据第一操作的起点、终点、或中间点来确定。
图21所示为本申请提供的一种显示通知的电子设备的模块架构示意图。在图21的实施例中，系统2100可以执行上述各个实施例提供的显示通知的方法，系统2100包括以下几个模块：
手势识别模块2110：用于识别用户在显示屏上的操作，并具体地用于识别显示屏的侧边显示区域上的操作是否满足预设阈值或触发值，其中，用户的操作包含但不限于上述实施例中的第一操作至第八操作。在本申请的一个实施例中，手势识别模块2110可以由其他输入信号的模块代替，或者和其他输入信号的模块共同判断操作是否满足预设触发值，例如语音识别模块、指纹识别模块、人脸识别模块等。
侧边显示模块2120：用于在显示屏的侧边显示区域上显示触控标识和触控标识集群。示例性的，基于手势识别模块2110检测到的触发操作，侧边显示模块2120可以在侧边显示区域上显示触控标识集群，如触控光点、触控光晕或触控图标的集群，并且进一步基于手势识别模块2110检测到的交互操作，侧边显示模块2120可以在侧边显示区域上显示与触控标识集群中的触控标识的交互动画，例如放大、移动或其结合的动画。在本申请的一个实施例中，侧边显示模块2120还可以基于手势识别模块2110检测到的相关操作，调节触控标识集群在侧边显示区域上的显示位置/区域。
通知管理模块2130：用于管理推送到智能终端的新通知，并基于该新通知是否被处理进一步地管理通知中心的通知列表，以及触控标识集群中的触控标识所对应的通知列表，具体地包括对上述通知列表进行更加、增加、删除等管理；
内容显示模块2140：用于显示与触控标识相应的通知内容或预设的应用选项。具体的，在用户和触控标识或触控标识集群进行交互后，基于手势识别模块2110检测到的相关操作，内容显示模块2140可以在有新的推送通知时显示该通知的内容，例如短信回复窗口、或者可以在与触控标识集群进行交互时显示与正在交互的触控标识所对应的内容详情卡片或应用选项详情卡片，例如短信通知卡片或支付宝付款码卡片等。
第一显示模块2150：用于显示与通知相关的界面。具体的，当电子设备收到新通知时，第一显示模块2150在显示屏的顶部显示区域显示与该新通知相关的横幅或弹框，其中至少显示部分该通知的内容。第一显示模块2150还基于手势识别模块2110检测到的相关操作，如果在触控标识或详情卡片上的操作满足 预设阈值或触发值，第一显示模块2150显示与该触控标识或该详情卡片对应的应用程序界面或分屏界面。
在本申请的一个实施例中，当智能终端接收到新的通知时，通知管理模块2130管理该通知，并触发第一显示模块在显示屏的顶部显示区域显示与该通知对应的横幅或弹框。响应于接收到该新通知，侧边显示模块2120显示触控标识，例如光点、光晕或与该通知对应的应用程序小图标。当手势识别模块2110检测到该触控标识上的操作已满足预设阈值或触发值时，则相应地触发第一显示模块或内容显示模块2140，以显示与通知的内容，例如显示其对应的应用程序界面或分屏界面，或者显示应用程序的操作窗口。
在本申请的另一个实施例中，当智能终端已经接收到一个或多个通知，且用户尚未处理这些通知时，侧边显示模块2120在后台按时间顺序对这些通知或消息对应的触控标识进行排序，并在手势识别模块2110检测到侧边显示区域有满足阈值的触发操作时，在侧边显示区域上的预定位置显示触控标识集群，其对应于上述一个或多个未处理的通知。当手势识别模块2110检测到触控标识集群上的进一步操作时，侧边显示模块2120相应地显示触控标识集群中与触控标识的交互动画，例如，显示第一尺寸的集群或部分触控标识，显示第二尺寸的集群或部分触控标识，将集群或部分触控标识移动第一距离，将集群或部分触控标识移动第二距离等。当手势识别模块2110进一步检测识别到触控标识集群中针对某一触控标识的交互操作时，可以调用内容显示模块2140或第一显示模块2150显示与该触控标识对应的包含详情卡片或与该触控标识对应的应用程序界面。
在本申请的又一个实施例中，当智能终端接收到新的通知时，通知管理模块2130管理该通知，并触发第一显示模块在显示屏的顶部显示区域显示与该通知对应的横幅或弹框。响应于接收到该新通知，侧边显示模块2120显示触控标识，例如光点、光晕或与该通知对应的应用程序小图标。当手势识别模块2110检测到该触控标识上的操作已满足预设阈值或触发值，则触发第一显示模块2150显示该横幅或弹框被下拉至显示屏的预定显示区域的动画。可选地，在下拉该横幅或弹框后，或移动该横幅或弹框后，可以将横幅或弹框上附带的功能键根据手势识别模块2110的识别来做调整，例如识别到用户操作发生在显示屏的右侧显示区域时，则将横幅或弹框上的功能键显示于横幅或弹框的右下侧，而识别到用户操作发生在显示屏的左侧显示区域时，则将横幅或弹框上的功能键显示于横幅或弹框的左下侧，以方便用户的连续操作。
本申请上述各个实施例可以相互结合使用。
上述本申请提供的各实施例中，从终端作为执行主体的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。
本申请提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当所述计算机程序产品在终端上运行时，使得所述终端执行本申请实施例提供的一种快速处理通知的方法中的步骤。
本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，当所述指令在终端上运行 时，使得所述终端执行本申请实施例提供的一种快速处理通知的方法中的步骤。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请实施例可以用硬件实现，或硬件与软件的方式实现。当使用硬件与软件实现，可以将上述功能存储在计算机可读介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)或处理器执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：快闪存储器、移动硬盘、只读存储器、随机存取存储器、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式，但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此，本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种显示通知的方法，用于具有曲面屏的电子设备，所述曲面屏具有平坦显示区域和从所述平坦显示区域的侧边缘延伸的曲面显示区域，所述平坦显示区域上显示第一应用程序的第一图标，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    响应于所述电子设备接收到所述第一应用程序的第一通知，
    在所述平坦显示区域显示第一横幅，所述第一横幅内显示所述第一通知的第一内容；
    在所述曲面显示区域显示第一标识，所述第一标识用于接收操作以对所述第一通知进行处理；以及
    在所述平坦显示区域的所述第一图标上显示第二标识。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    在所述第一曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识的第一预定时间内，如果没有检测到在所述第一横幅或所述第一标识或所述第一图标上的操作，当所述第一标识的显示达到所述第一预定时间时，所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上自动消失。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上消失后，所述方法进一步包括：
    响应于所述电子设备接收到第二应用程序的第二通知，所述第二应用程序不同于所述第一应用程序，
    在所述平坦显示区域显示第二横幅，所述第二横幅内显示所述第二通知的内容；以及
    在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识，用于接收操作以对所述第二通知进行处理。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上消失后，所述方法进一步包括：
    响应于所述电子设备接收到第三应用程序的第三通知，所述第三应用程序不同于所述第一应用程序，
    在所述平坦显示区域显示第三横幅，所述第三横幅内显示所述第三通知的内容；以及
    在所述曲面显示区域显示不同于所述第一标识的第三标识，用于接收操作以对所述第三通知进行处理。
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第一标识和所述第一横幅从所述曲面屏上消失后，所述方法进一步包括：
    检测到在所述曲面显示区域上的第一操作；以及
    响应于所述第一操作，在所述曲面显示区域上显示所述第一标识。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    根据所述第一操作在所述曲面显示区域上的操作位置，确定所述第一标识在所述曲面显示区域上的显示位置。
  7. 权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述显示位置在所述操作位置上方的第一高度处。
  8. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    响应于所述第一操作，在所述曲面显示区域上还显示第四标识，所述第四标识用于打开第四应用程序的应用选项。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    检测到在所述第一标识上的第二操作；以及
    响应于所述第二操作，在所述平坦显示区域上显示第一卡片，所述第一卡片内显示所述第一通知的第二内容，其中，所述第二内容包括所述第一内容。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    检测到在所述第四标识上的第三操作；以及
    响应于所述第三操作，在所述平坦显示区域上显示第四卡片，所述第四卡片内显示所述第四应用程序的所述应用选项。
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    检测到在所述第一卡片上的第三操作；以及
    响应于所述第三操作，打开第一应用程序。
  12. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括，响应于所述第二操作，还至少触发以下步骤之一：
    放大显示所述第一标识；以及
    将所述第一标识向所述平坦显示区域的方向移动。
  13. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    响应于所述第一操作，在所述曲面显示区域上还显示第五标识，所述第五标识对应于第五应用程序，并且用于接收操作以对第五通知进行处理，其中，所述第一标识和所述第五标识在所述曲面显示区域上按照所述第一通知和所述第五通知收到的时间顺序显示。
  14. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    响应于所述电子设备接收到第六应用程序的第六通知，
    所述第一标识从所述曲面屏上消失；
    在所述平坦显示区域显示第六横幅，所述第六横幅内显示所述第六通知的内容；以及
    在所述曲面显示区域显示第六标识，所述第六标识对应于所述第六应用程序并用于接收操作以对所述第六通知进行处理。
  15. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    响应于所述电子设备接收到第七应用程序的第七通知，
    在所述平坦显示区域显示第七横幅，所述第七横幅内显示所述第七通知的内容；在所述曲面显示区域进一步显示第七标识，所述第七标识用于接收操作以对所述第七通知进行处理。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述曲面显示区域进一步显示所述第七标识至少包括以下步骤之一：
    在所述曲面显示区域放大显示所述第七标识；
    在所述曲面显示区域闪烁显示所述第七标识；以及
    在所述曲面显示区域高亮显示所述第七标识。
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    检测到对所述第一标识的第四操作；以及
    响应于所述第四操作，打开所述第一应用程序。
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法进一步包括：
    检测到对所述第一标识的第五操作；以及
    响应于所述第五操作，显示所述第一通知的回复窗口。
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述曲面显示区域包括从所述平坦显示区域的第一侧边缘延伸的第一曲面显示区域和从所述平坦显示区域的第二侧边缘延伸的第二曲面显示区域，所述第一曲面显示区域与所述第二曲面显示区域相对。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识包括：
    当用户左手握持所述电子设备时，在所述第一曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识；或
    当用户右手握持所述电子设备时，在所述第二曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识。
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识包括：
    在所述第一曲面显示区域与所述第二曲面显示区域同时显示所述第一标识。
  22. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述电子设备为可折叠电子设备，所述曲面屏是折叠屏，当所述电子设备在折叠状态时，在所述第一曲面显示区域或所述第二曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识，当所述电子设备在展开状态时，在所述第一曲面显示区域与所述第二曲面显示区域同时显示所述第一标识。
  23. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述曲面显示区域显示所述第一标识包括：
    根据用户在所述曲面屏上操作的历史数据，确定所述第一标识在所述曲面显示区域上的显示位置；以及
    在所述显示位置显示所述第一标识。
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一应用程序尚未运行。
  25. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一标识包括点标识、条标识、和图标标识中的一种，其中，图标标识是对应于所述第一应用程序的图标。
  26. 一种电子设备，包括一个或多个触摸显示屏，一个或多个存储器，一个或多个处理器；其中所述一个或多个存储器存储有一个或多个程序；其特征在于，当所述一个或多个处理器在执行所述一个或多个程序时，使得所述终端实现如权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法。
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质，包括指令，其特征在于，当所述指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法。
  28. 一种计算机程序产品，包含指令，特征在于，所述计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法。
  29. 一种图形用户界面，用于具有曲面屏的电子设备，所述曲面屏具有平坦显示区域和从所述平坦显示区域的侧边缘延伸的曲面显示区域，其特征在于，所述图形用户界面包括：
    在所述平坦显示区域上显示第一应用程序的第一图标；
    响应于所述电子设备接收到的第一通知，在所述平坦显示区域显示第一横幅，所述第一横幅内显示所述第一通知的内容，并且在所述曲面显示区域显示第一标识；以及
    响应于与所述第一标识的交互，对所述第一通知进行处理。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的图形用户界面，其特征在于，响应于在所述第一标识上的第一操作，打开所述第一应用程序。
PCT/CN2021/099912 2020-06-16 2021-06-12 一种显示通知的方法和终端 WO2021254293A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21826610.4A EP4145280A4 (en) 2020-06-16 2021-06-12 NOTIFICATION DISPLAY METHOD AND TERMINAL
US17/928,455 US20230213973A1 (en) 2020-06-16 2021-06-12 Notification display method and terminal

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010549282.6A CN113805980A (zh) 2020-06-16 2020-06-16 一种显示通知的方法和终端
CN202010549282.6 2020-06-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021254293A1 true WO2021254293A1 (zh) 2021-12-23

Family

ID=78944476

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/099912 WO2021254293A1 (zh) 2020-06-16 2021-06-12 一种显示通知的方法和终端

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20230213973A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4145280A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN113805980A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021254293A1 (zh)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114647471A (zh) * 2022-03-25 2022-06-21 重庆长安汽车股份有限公司 一种车载终端界面Dock显示的更新系统及方法
CN114840297A (zh) * 2022-05-30 2022-08-02 网易（杭州）网络有限公司 消息的展示方法及装置、电子设备、存储介质
CN115878378A (zh) * 2022-11-23 2023-03-31 北京凌云雀科技有限公司 基于云原生的两地三中心数据库容灾系统部署方法及装置
WO2023230829A1 (zh) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种触控检测方法、装置及存储介质

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116048312A (zh) * 2022-06-29 2023-05-02 荣耀终端有限公司 导航点过渡动画显示方法和电子设备
CN115291995B (zh) * 2022-10-08 2023-03-31 荣耀终端有限公司 一种消息显示方法及相关电子设备、可读存储介质
CN116016761A (zh) * 2022-11-30 2023-04-25 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 显示方法、智能终端及存储介质
CN116628597B (zh) * 2023-07-21 2023-10-20 福建理工大学 一种基于关系路径注意力的异质图节点分类方法

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130215041A1 (en) * 2012-02-21 2013-08-22 Yongsin Kim Electronic device and method of controlling the same
CN104345971A (zh) * 2013-07-24 2015-02-11 三星显示有限公司 电子装置及操作电子装置的方法
CN107704187A (zh) * 2017-09-05 2018-02-16 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 通知消息处理方法、装置及终端
CN110874168A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 一种显示方法及电子设备

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103677531B (zh) * 2012-09-24 2018-02-27 联想(北京)有限公司 一种信息处理方法和电子设备
US9104886B1 (en) * 2013-06-26 2015-08-11 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Automated privacy control
KR101801554B1 (ko) * 2013-07-11 2017-11-27 삼성전자주식회사 컨텐츠를 표시하는 사용자 단말 장치 및 그 방법
EP2916195B1 (en) * 2014-03-03 2019-09-11 LG Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and controlling method thereof

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130215041A1 (en) * 2012-02-21 2013-08-22 Yongsin Kim Electronic device and method of controlling the same
CN104345971A (zh) * 2013-07-24 2015-02-11 三星显示有限公司 电子装置及操作电子装置的方法
CN107704187A (zh) * 2017-09-05 2018-02-16 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 通知消息处理方法、装置及终端
CN110874168A (zh) * 2019-09-30 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 一种显示方法及电子设备

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114647471A (zh) * 2022-03-25 2022-06-21 重庆长安汽车股份有限公司 一种车载终端界面Dock显示的更新系统及方法
CN114840297A (zh) * 2022-05-30 2022-08-02 网易（杭州）网络有限公司 消息的展示方法及装置、电子设备、存储介质
CN114840297B (zh) * 2022-05-30 2023-08-08 网易（杭州）网络有限公司 消息的展示方法及装置、电子设备、存储介质
WO2023230829A1 (zh) * 2022-05-31 2023-12-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 一种触控检测方法、装置及存储介质
CN115878378A (zh) * 2022-11-23 2023-03-31 北京凌云雀科技有限公司 基于云原生的两地三中心数据库容灾系统部署方法及装置
CN115878378B (zh) * 2022-11-23 2023-09-05 北京凌云雀科技有限公司 基于云原生的两地三中心数据库容灾系统部署方法及装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4145280A4 (en) 2023-10-18
CN113805980A (zh) 2021-12-17
US20230213973A1 (en) 2023-07-06
EP4145280A1 (en) 2023-03-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021254293A1 (zh) 一种显示通知的方法和终端
US11074117B2 (en) Copying and pasting method, data processing apparatus, and user equipment
AU2021201243B2 (en) Continuity
CN108776568B (zh) 网页页面的显示方法、装置、终端及存储介质
US9600178B2 (en) Mobile terminal
US20180267642A1 (en) Method and apparatus for operating functions of portable terminal having bended display
US9367206B2 (en) Displaying indicators that indicate ability to change a size of a widget on a display of a mobile terminal
US9247146B2 (en) Mobile terminal and control method thereof
US9665268B2 (en) Mobile terminal and control method thereof
US9928028B2 (en) Mobile terminal with voice recognition mode for multitasking and control method thereof
US9395900B2 (en) Mobile terminal and method of moving an icon from a page displayed on the mobile terminal to another page
US8452339B2 (en) Mobile terminal and method of controlling the same
US9086787B2 (en) Mobile terminal and control method thereof
EP2261784B1 (en) Mobile terminal and method of displaying information in mobile terminal
US20140165007A1 (en) Mobile terminal and method of controlling the same
US20110161853A1 (en) Mobile terminal and method of controlling the same
WO2019037359A1 (zh) 一种分屏显示的方法、装置及终端
CN110494835A (zh) 一种控制方法及装置
EP4280058A1 (en) Information display method and electronic device
CN108230014A (zh) 电子装置及使用电子装置显示网页的方法
WO2021249281A1 (zh) 一种用于电子设备的交互方法和电子设备
WO2020259669A1 (zh) 一种视图显示方法和电子设备
WO2023221946A1 (zh) 一种信息的中转方法及电子设备
CN110442291A (zh) 一种控制方法及移动终端
WO2024067122A1 (zh) 一种窗口显示方法及电子设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21826610

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021826610

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20221201

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE